Search Results

Search found 4371 results on 175 pages for 'mark baker'.

Page 175/175 | < Previous Page | 171 172 173 174 175 

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • Windows CE Chat Transcript (March 30, 2010)

    - by Bruce Eitman
    For those of you who missed the chat today, here is the raw transcript.   By raw, I mean that I copied and pasted the discussion without any edits. This is divided into two parts, the top part is the answers from the Microsoft Experts and the bottom part is the questions from the audience. Answers from Microsoft:   Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:2]: Hi everyone, my name is Karel Danihelka and I am developer in partner response team. Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:2]: Hi, I'm Sing Wee, part of the CoreOS/BSP Test Team. GLanger_MS (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:2]: Hi, I'm Glen Langer, program manager on the Core Team. Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:3]: Q: I need to implement hardware timers on my windows CE 6.0 device to trigger events at microsecond intervals. Where should i start? A: Until you are using CPU with GHz frequency your only chance is use interrupt handler and implement all funcionality there. But it will be really tricky and may reduce system performance. If period will be near to millisecond timeframe you can use normal thread wait for event pattern. Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:5]: Q: I want to partition my NAND Flash device. One partition to use for hive ragistry and the other for the apps and data. The only way to do it is programmatically or setting some registry values ? A: It need to be set in registry - generally you need mark this partition as boot partition. Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:7]: Q: My CPU is Intel celeron M processor 1Ghz. A: In this case you can try use normal approach - in interrupt handler return SYSINTR and start thread in device driver which will spin thread waiting on event attached to this SYSINTR. Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:7]: Q: If i need to implement it using interrupt handlers, What are all the files that I should look at? A: Good quesiton - I would recommend documentation and there was BSP development book to download for free. mikehall_ms (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:8]: Q: Hi guys, what's the formal way to report bugs back to the core team / product team? The mechanism of calling the support phone number every time is really onerous and time-consuming. Is there another mechanism? A: Using product support is the formal way to report bugs/issues - Product support can then create an issue that can be tracked. Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:9]: Q: But the operation for creating the partitions ? A: This is tricky - if you will make it autopartition & autoformat it will be created by filesystem. But generally it depends on your boot loader. mikehall_ms (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:10]: Q: Is Windows Phone 7 related to Windows CE? If so, can you tell me what version of Windows CE is the basis? Is it in fact the new version of Windows Mobile? A: At MIX 2010 Charlie Kindel presented a session that described some of the core technologies that make up Windows Phone 7 Series, including the underlying operating system (Windows CE) and the new ISV programming model based on Silverlight and .NET - check out the Mix Online Videos to get more information. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:10]: Q: Is Windows Phone 7 related to Windows CE? If so, can you tell me what version of Windows CE is the basis? Is it in fact the new version of Windows Mobile? A: This forum is to discussed released products in the industry. Windows Mobile & Windows CE are based on the same Windows CE Kernel/system. Windows CE is focused on deliverying the OS for embedded customers in the market where Windows Mobile is focused on deliverying compelling Windows Phone platform. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:11]: Q: Is Windows Phone 7 related to Windows CE? If so, can you tell me what version of Windows CE is the basis? Is it in fact the new version of Windows Mobile? A: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windows_CE Wikipedia gives a good breakdown of the version history. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:13]: Q: I created a OS design with KITL and kernel debugger enabled. But I am unable to connect to the target for debugging. I am getting the following error when i try to connect with the device. PB Debugger Cannot initialize the Kernel Debugger. PB Debugger Debugger could not initialize connection. PB Debugger The Kernel Debugger is waiting to connect with target. PB Debugger The Kernel Debugger has been disconnected successfully. A: One possibility is that a rogue cesvchost.exe has co-opted the debugger. I am assuming this is CE 6.0? Can you try exiting visual studio and manually killing the cesvchost.exe process from the Task Manager? davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:14]: Q: Hi guys, what's the formal way to report bugs back to the core team / product team? The mechanism of calling the support phone number every time is really onerous and time-consuming. Is there another mechanism? A: For info on contacting Microsoft support refer to the support page on the Embedded website: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windowsembedded/dd897633.aspx Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:16]: Q: Do u mean ISR/IST implementation? How can i register an interrupt? What kind of interrupt should i register? A: A good introduction to interrupts in WinCE 6.0 can be found here (aside from the documentation on MSDN): http://download.microsoft.com/download/9/c/f/9cffaa58-4000-48d6-a4b2-5fed9e4e6410/Chapter%206%20-%20Developing%20Device%20Drivers.pdf mikehall_ms (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:16]: Q: What will be different in Windows Compact 7 from CE 6.0? A: Unfortunately we cannot discuss unreleased products on this chat - keep an eye on the Windows Embedded web site and blogs to keep up to date with product announcements. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:16]: Q: I am using CE 6.0. There is no cesvchost process running in my system. A: What operating system are you using? Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:16]: Q: So...I have to modify file system code to create 2 partition at system startup ?!! I haven't understood.... A: You don't need to modify code, there are registry settings to achive this (look to documentation). But you may need to create partition table in boot loader. Unfortunatelly there isn't simple way how to do it. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:18]: Q: I would like to get a handle to a Silverlight screen section, is that possiable? A: Windows Embedded CE 6.0 R3 includes Sliverlight for Windows Embedded. Refer to New Features overview on the embedded web site. http://www.microsoft.com/windowsembedded/en-us/products/windowsce/default.mspx. Silverlight - The power of Silverlight brought to Windows Embedded CE to create rich applications and user interfaces is new part of Windows CE Embedded. mikehall_ms (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:20]: Q: The link for developing device drivers is not working. can u please check that? A: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms923714.aspx davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:20]: Q: I would like to get a handle to a Silverlight screen section, is that possiable? A: Sorry misunderstood the question I thought you were asking if embedded CE could handle Silverlight. Please repost so that the question goes back into the active queue because once answered no way to put the status back to open. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:21]: Q: sorry! Windows XP SP3 A: Can you try exiting VS2005 and confirming cesvchost.exe is not running, then renaming C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Local Settings\Application Data\Microsoft\CoreCon\1.0 to 1.0_backup, then restarting VS2005? Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:24]: Q: Can I have the book's name please? A: I believe the downloadable version is related to the last link I sent. If you go to the following website, I believe you can download the whole thing: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windowsembedded/ce/cc294468.aspx davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:24]: Q: If one has an image on a Silverlight page, it seems to be cached. How would one refresh that cache after changing the underlying image? A: change the URI of the image or use a writeable bitmap if they want to manually toggle the pixels Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:25]: A: Whoops, hit [ENTER] too early. On the right side, you'll see there an "Exam Preparation Kit" link that can be downloaded in several different languages. Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:25]: Q: Can I have the book's name please? A: Whoops, hit [ENTER] too early. On the right side, you'll see there an "Exam Preparation Kit" link that can be downloaded in several different languages. Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:26]: Q: I have a NAND Flash on my target device. On this flash I have the hive registry and an application.I have observed that when the NAND flash is fully, the system startup time is longer....is there a degradation of NAND use that influences the startup time ? Why ? A: Yes - on boot flash abstraction library (old one) read metadata from all sectors to rebuild physical - logical mapping table. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:27]: Q: I would like to get a handle to a Silverlight screen section, is that possiable? A: Need addition info on this question. Can you provide more details on what you are trying to do in Silverlight? davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:27]: Q: If one has an image on a Silverlight page, it seems to be cached. How would one refresh that cache after changing the underlying image? A: Additonal Info: if you want to manually touch the pixels use WriteableBitmap if you want to use the underlying HWND then use IXRVisualHost::GetHWND() davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:28]: Q: Writable bitmap, is there an example of the syntax? A: if you want to manually touch the pixels use WriteableBitmap if you want to use the underlying HWND then use IXRVisualHost::GetHWND() davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:29]: Q: I would like to get a handle to a Silverlight screen section, is that possiable? A: Can I get more information about this question about what you are trying to accomplish in Silverlight? davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:31]: Q: IXRVisualHost::GetHWND() exactly what I needed Thanks, A: Your welcome Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:31]: Q: ok. thanks for the book's link A: No problem. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:32]: Q: Typically for SoC devices you name your hardware specific libraries in the form "SOCDIRNAME_LIBNAME". In our platform "OMAP35XX_TPS659XX_TI_V1" if you do this we cause the catalog parser to die... For example if we have a library "Musbfn_OMAP35XX_TPS659XX_TI_V1.dll" entering this in the catalogs pbcxml file in a <module> section causes the XML parser to fail with : Error 3 The 'urn:Microsoft.PlatformBuilder/Catalog:Module' element is        invalid - The value '012345678901234567890123456789.dll' is invalid         according to its datatype         'urn:Microsoft.PlatformBuilder/Catalog:CatalogFileName' - The actual         length is greater than the MaxLength value. A: There are a couple workarounds I can think of. I believe the Module element is only used when doing SYSGEN parsing to make sure dependent SYSGENs are present when the item is selected, so I believe it is optional to the catalog. The other obvious workaround is to shorten the soc name. I realize neither of these solutions is ideal. This is not something we anticipated when we tested CE6.0, sorry. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:33]: Q: I am getting this error only when I select the KdStub as the debugger in Target device connectivity. A: Right, but KdStub is the debugger that you should use. Have you tried the steps I suggested? Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:36]: Q: If I select Active KTIL, My OS doesn't boots. It says "loading NK.EXE at 0x<xxxxx> location" after that nothing comes in the debug log. A: Can you look at the serial debug output and see what is happening there? Often it can give you a clue to the KITL driver malfunctioning. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:38]: Q: I have tried that and I am getting the same error. A: I am assuming you have a device created in Target -> Connectivity Options in Platform Builder. What are the Kernel download / Kernel transport for your device? Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:40]: Q: KITL: *** Device Name CEPC56059 *** WARN: KITL will run in polling mode VBridge:: built on [Jul 10 2009] time [10:20:14] VBridgeInit()...TX = [16384] bytes -- Rx = [16384] bytes Tx buffer [0xA1B84860] to [0xA1B88860]. Rx buffer [0xA1B88880] to [0xA1B8C880]. VBridge:: NK add MAC: [0-60-65-2-DA-FB] Connecting to Desktop KITL: Connected host IP: 1 Port: 1086 .. this is the output of the serial debug A: This looks reasonable and does not give clues as to why boot would halt at that point. If you capture a network trace or turn on KITL debug zones via dpCurSettings in kitl.dll, do you see KITL active after this? Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:41]: Q: Both is happening via Ethernet. A: Only thing I have left to suggest is a Platform Builder installation Repair, then. Karel Danihelka [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:42]: Q: Hi, I saw that the ATADISK is quite generic and des not have any optimizations. Do you have any advice to consider while tryin to improve the performance of it? A: If I remember correctly sample code has support for some specific hardware controllers (little obsolete now). This should be good start point (if you will not decide take existing driver as sample and write you own). Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:44]: Q: I didn't do that. I have to try. A: I think that's the next valid step. You need to figure out whether KITL is hanging or the device - use instrumented serial debug messages and network trace to determine this. Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:46]: Q: KITL: *** Device Name CEPC56059 *** WARN: KITL will run in polling mode VBridge:: built on [Jul 10 2009] time [10:20:14] VBridgeInit()...TX = [16384] bytes -- Rx = [16384] bytes Tx buffer [0xA1B84860] to [0xA1B88860]. Rx buffer [0xA1B88880] to [0xA1B8C880]. VBridge:: NK add MAC: [0-60-65-2-DA-FB] Connecting to Desktop KITL: Connected host IP: 1 Port: 1086 .. this is the output of the serial debug A: Neo, have you by any chance tried looking into your firewall to see if it might be blocking traffic on any particular ports? Wireshark/netmon might be able to help you here if that's the issue. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:48]: Q: I lost spell check, how can i get it back A: Hello - can you give additional details about your question? Is this related to a Windows CE Embedded application? masatos_MSFT (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:51]: Q: When attempting to run the CETK cellcore tests the documentation states the pre-requisites include "stinger.ini", "ltk.ini" but windows CE doesn't provide these or document what they fully need to contain. Implicitly you also need "datatrans.xml" which isn't supplied. If you get around this error and steal these from Windows Mobile instead, when you try and run the CETK tests you get a data abort in radiometricsdll.dll. How should we invoke the cellcore parts of CETK? A: Hi Pev, what version of Windows CE and CETK are you using? I do not have the expertise to answer this question, but can find somebody who can. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:52]: Q: I don't see a kitlcore.dll in my OS. is my debug image fails to load because of that? A: kitl.dll should be all that's needed, kitlcore.lib is linked into that. Travis Hobrla [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:55]: Q: I've got a platform (not developed by myself) where I2C bus support has to be provided through the OAL as the kernel needs to talk to devices such as the power management IC and gas gauge so a 'proper' I2C driver hanging off device manager isn't possible. This happens to be a polled driver, so obviously it hits the system hard when either under lots of traffic or an error condition occurs and the driver constantly polls. I originally thought that there was no straightforward way to make such code interrupt driven in the kernel (as it's a cludge) but I realised that that's exactly what ETHDBG drivers do. Is there any reason why I shouldn't have a go at implementing a similar mechanism for our kernel resident I2C driver? If not, are there any obvious pitfalls - I've not seen any other BSP's do this in the past... A: You can make a 'proper' driver that calls down into the OAL to do the actual I2C transactions. Alternatively you can build an interrupt-based version in the OAL where you handle everything in the ISR. There is nothing wrong with that so long as the rest of your drivers and app threads can handle longer times with interrupts off while you are servicing I2C interrupts. Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:55]: Q: I am having trouble with my mouse, I have the microsoft wireless mobile mouse 3000, when I push the scroll button I am suppose to have autoscroll instead it shows other web pages,Can you help me out tell me what to do!!! A: Sorry, this current chat is about Windows Embedded Compact. Hope you're able to find an answer to your question elsewhere. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:56]: Q: Is the Silverlight Animation "Spline" a BezierSpline? A: Spline - http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee501495.aspx<BR< a>>   masatos_MSFT (Expert)[2010-3-30 12:57]: Thanks for the info Pev. I will follow up with the CETK experts here and get back to you. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:59]: Q: Spline- bad link A: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee501495.aspx davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 13:0]: Q: Sorry, got to tirm the ">" A: No Worries http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee501495.aspx davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 13:0]: Hello everyone, we are just about out of time. Thank you for joining us for our Windows Embedded CE 6.0 chat today! <http://www.Microsoft.com/Embedded>; A special thank you to the product group members for coming out. The transcript of today’s chat will be posted online as soon as possible, to <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/chats>;. We’ll see you again for another chat next month. Please check <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/chats>; for the list of upcoming chats. If you still have unanswered questions, let me suggest that you post them on one of our newsgroups on <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windowsembedded/ce/default.aspx> -Windows Embedded CE 6.0 R3 Now Available! <http://msdn.microsoft.com/windowsembedded/ce/dd630616.aspx>; davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 13:1]: Q: hi everybody. I would like to know if there is something know about a bug in RTC API (VOIP), especially when using SIP. According the to the analysis with application verifyier there is a heap link in rtcdllmedia.dll. All of the unreleased chunks seem to have a size of 6560 bytes. A: I will follow up with the Networking Team for a response. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 13:1]: Q: Hi, we've problems with debugging of applications (= breakpoints in Platform Builder will be ignored) over KITL on Windows CE 5.0, if the PDB files are large (over 60MB). Are there any limitations to size of the PDB files? A: I will follow up with the tools team for a response and post with the transcript. Sing Wee [MS] (Expert)[2010-3-30 13:1]: Q: I am unable to use the target control in my development environment. any ideas? A: Make sure you have SYSGEN_SHELL=1 set in your build environment. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 13:3]: Q: what are the main differences between Object Store and RAM disk ? They are both in RAM...are there performance differences ? access differences ? A: I will follow up with the Core Team and get a response posted with the transcript to MSDN  The Questions   [2010-3-30 12:57]: Thanks for the info Pev. I will follow up with the CETK experts here and get back to you. [2010-3-30 12:59]:   [2010-3-30 13:0]:   [2010-3-30 13:0]: Hello everyone, we are just about out of time. Thank you for joining us for our Windows Embedded CE 6.0 chat today! <http://www.Microsoft.com/Embedded>; A special thank you to the product group members for coming out. The transcript of today’s chat will be posted online as soon as possible, to <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/chats>;. We’ll see you again for another chat next month. Please check <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/chats>; for the list of upcoming chats. If you still have unanswered questions, let me suggest that you post them on one of our newsgroups on <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windowsembedded/ce/default.aspx> -Windows Embedded CE 6.0 R3 Now Available! <http://msdn.microsoft.com/windowsembedded/ce/dd630616.aspx>; [2010-3-30 13:1]: [2010-3-30 13:1]: [2010-3-30 13:1]: [2010-3-30 13:3]: neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:37]: Hi all KellyG (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:37]: Hi KellyG (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:37]: I have a question unrelated to windows Ce embedded, can you please help me?? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:38]: I need to implement hardware timers on my windows CE 6.0 device to trigger events at microsecond intervals! c neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:38]: yes. post it. May be i cud give a try KellyG (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:38]: My Product key listed on my tower is not the product key I need for microsoft office, but that is the only product key listed. neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:39]: I hope this is a chat for windows embedded. please post ur queries in office forums KellyG (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:39]: it is but i could not find a forum for office neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:40]: I think moderators will help u out. @ davbo-msft: can u help this guy? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:41]: Q: I need to implement hardware timers on my windows CE 6.0 device to trigger events at microsecond intervals. Where should i start? davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 11:50]: Our chat today covers the topic of Windows Embedded CE! 1. This chat will last for one hour. During this hour, our Experts will respond to as many questions as they can. Please understand that there may be some questions we cannot respond to due to lack of information or because the information is not yet public. 2. We encourage you to submit questions for our Experts. To do so, type your questions in the send box, select the “ask the Experts” box and click SEND. Questions sent directly to the Guest Chat room will not be answered by the Experts, but we encourage other community members to assist. 3. We ask that you stay on topic for the duration of the chat. This helps the Guests and Experts follow the conversation more easily. We invite you to ask off topic questions after this chat is over, but not during. 4. Please abide by the Chat Code of Conduct. Chat code of conduct: <http://msdn.microsoft.com/chats/chatroom.aspx?ctl=hlp#Conduct>; Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:54]: Evening! davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 11:54]: Hello everyone this is Dave Boyce - I worked in the Multimedia area for Windows CE. neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:55]: hello dave neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:55]: The chat code of conduct link is not working! Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:56]: Best be polite just in case then ;-) neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 11:56]: davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 11:57]: I'll check out the issue w/ the link paolopat (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:0]: Hello davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 12:0]: We are pleased to welcome our Experts for today’s chat. I will have them introduce themselves now. Chat will begin in a couple of minutes. <http://www.Microsoft.com/Embedded>; paolopat (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:3]: Hello Experts ! neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:3]: Welcome all! paolopat (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:3]: Q: I want to partition my NAND Flash device. One partition to use for hive ragistry and the other for the apps and data. The only way to do it is programmatically or setting some registry values ? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:3]: Q: I need to implement hardware timers on my windows CE 6.0 device to trigger events at microsecond intervals. Where should i start? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:5]: Q: My CPU is Intel celeron M processor 1Ghz. Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:5]: neo: if your silicon has multiple general purpose timers, pick one that's not in use for the system timer / profiler and set it up to trigger irqs for your purpose. You can't guarantee hard realtime type responses though... GarySwalling (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:5]: Q: Is Windows Phone 7 related to Windows CE? If so, can you tell me what version of Windows CE is the basis? Is it in fact the new version of Windows Mobile? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:6]: Q: Hi guys, what's the formal way to report bugs back to the core team / product team? The mechanism of calling the support phone number every time is really onerous and time-consuming. Is there another mechanism? paolopat (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:6]: Q: But the operation for creating the partitions ? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:6]: Q: If i need to implement it using interrupt handlers, What are all the files that I should look at? GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:6]: Q: I would like to get a handle to a Silverlight screen section, is that possiable? Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:7]: Q: I created a OS design with KITL and kernel debugger enabled. But I am unable to connect to the target for debugging. I am getting the following error when i try to connect with the device. PB Debugger Cannot initialize the Kernel Debugger. PB Debugger Debugger could not initialize connection. PB Debugger The Kernel Debugger is waiting to connect with target. PB Debugger The Kernel Debugger has been disconnected successfully. Charles (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:7]: What will be different in Windows Compact 7 from CE 6.0? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:8]: Can I have the book's name please? kiefs_dev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:8]: Q: hi everybody. I would like to know if there is something know about a bug in RTC API (VOIP), especially when using SIP. According the to the analysis with application verifyier there is a heap link in rtcdllmedia.dll. All of the unreleased chunks seem to have a size of 6560 bytes. paolopat (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:10]: Q: So...I have to modify file system code to create 2 partition at system startup ?!! I haven't understood.... neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:10]: Q: Do u mean ISR/IST implementation? How can i register an interrupt? What kind of interrupt should i register? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:11]: Q: Can I have the book's name please? Charles (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:11]: Q: What will be different in Windows Compact 7 from CE 6.0? PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:11]: neo: I'd say that you really need the docs for YOUR BSP, not generic documents for BSPs in general. Each BSP may be architected differently. If you're using the CEPC BSP, then the documentation that comes with Platform Builder is a reasonable place to look. GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:11]: Q: If one has an image on a Silverlight page, it seems to be cached. How would one refresh that cache after changing the underlying image? Elektrobit (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:12]: Q: Hi, we've problems with debugging of applications (= breakpoints in Platform Builder will be ignored) over KITL on Windows CE 5.0, if the PDB files are large (over 60MB). Are there any limitations to size of the PDB files? Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:15]: Q: I am using CE 6.0. There is no cesvchost process running in my system. alexquisi (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:15]: Q: Hi, I saw that the ATADISK is quite generic and des not have any optimizations. Do you have any advice to consider while tryin to improve the performance of it? Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:17]: Windows XP service pack 1 Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:17]: Q: sorry! Windows XP SP3 neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:19]: Q: The link for developing device drivers is not working. can u please check that? paolopat (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:20]: Q: I have a NAND Flash on my target device. On this flash I have the hive registry and an application.I have observed that when the NAND flash is fully, the system startup time is longer....is there a degradation of NAND use that influences the startup time ? Why ? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:20]: Q: When attempting to run the CETK cellcore tests the documentation states the pre-requisites include "stinger.ini", "ltk.ini" but windows CE doesn't provide these or document what they fully need to contain. Implicitly you also need "datatrans.xml" which isn't supplied. If you get around this error and steal these from Windows Mobile instead, when you try and run the CETK tests you get a data abort in radiometricsdll.dll. How should we invoke the cellcore parts of CETK? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:21]: Hi all, Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:21]: oops Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:21]: :-D Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:24]: Typically for SoC devices you name your hardware specific libraries in the form "SOCDIRNAME_LIBNAME". In our platform "OMAP35XX_TPS659XX_TI_V1" if you do this we cause the catalog parser to die... For example if we have a library "Musbfn_OMAP35XX_TPS659XX_TI_V1.dll" entering this in the catalogs pbcxml file in a <module> section causes the XML parser to fail with : Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:25]: Q: Error 3 The 'urn:Microsoft.PlatformBuilder/Catalog:Module' element is        invalid - The value '012345678901234567890123456789.dll' is invalid         according to its datatype         'urn:Microsoft.PlatformBuilder/Catalog:CatalogFileName' - The actual         length is greater than the MaxLength value. GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:25]: Q: Writable bitmap, is there an example of the syntax? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:25]: Q: Typically for SoC devices you name your hardware specific libraries in the form "SOCDIRNAME_LIBNAME". In our platform "OMAP35XX_TPS659XX_TI_V1" if you do this we cause the catalog parser to die... For example if we have a library "Musbfn_OMAP35XX_TPS659XX_TI_V1.dll" entering this in the catalogs pbcxml file in a <module> section causes the XML parser to fail with : Error 3 The 'urn:Microsoft.PlatformBuilder/Catalog:Module' element is        invalid - The value '012345678901234567890123456789.dll' is invalid         according to its datatype         'urn:Microsoft.PlatformBuilder/Catalog:CatalogFileName' - The actual         length is greater than the MaxLength value. Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:25]: sorry, messed up submission there! GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:26]: Q: I would like to get a handle to a Silverlight screen section, is that possiable? GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:28]: Q: IXRVisualHost::GetHWND() exactly what I needed Thanks, PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:29]: GPM: You don't have to keep submitting the questions. The chat experts have an application that they're using to follow the chat and all Ask the Experts questions are logged. Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:29]: Q: I am getting this error only when I select the KdStub as the debugger in Target device connectivity. neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:30]: Q: ok. thanks for the book's link Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:31]: Hm, did those two I submitted get picked up by anyone? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:33]: Q: If I select Active KTIL, My OS doesn't boots. It says "loading NK.EXE at 0x<xxxxx> location" after that nothing comes in the debug log. PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:34]: Pev: PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:35]: Pev: I'm sure they did. The guys who are actually on the chat may not be experts in that part of things. That's usually the explanation when you don't get an answer in 10 minutes or so. Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:36]: Ah, fair enough Susie (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:36]: My Outlook Express incoming mail is corrput. No ONE has been able to fix the problem, Dell or Norton. I have dial up I'm in a rural area Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:37]: Q: I have tried that and I am getting the same error. Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:37]: Susie : Use Thunderbird instead :-D PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:37]: Susie: Sorry, but this chat is not about Windows, but Embedded (like what runs on a phone). Your best chance is to find a local expert or talk to your ISP. paolopat (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:37]: Q: what are the main differences between Object Store and RAM disk ? They are both in RAM...are there performance differences ? access differences ? Susie (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:38]: My computer knowlege is very limited, what is Thunderbird? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:38]: A different email client :-D neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:39]: Q: KITL: *** Device Name CEPC56059 *** WARN: KITL will run in polling mode VBridge:: built on [Jul 10 2009] time [10:20:14] VBridgeInit()...TX = [16384] bytes -- Rx = [16384] bytes Tx buffer [0xA1B84860] to [0xA1B88860]. Rx buffer [0xA1B88880] to [0xA1B8C880]. VBridge:: NK add MAC: [0-60-65-2-DA-FB] Connecting to Desktop KITL: Connected host IP: 1 Port: 1086 .. this is the output of the serial debug Susie (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:39]: Do I need to uninstall Outlook Express youngboyzie (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:39]: I need to start battery calibration for my new battery for my dell inspiron 1525 laptop and should be able to reach the BIOS screen by hitting f2 but this isnt working... help? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:39]: Nah, you can run it instead - you'll still need help from your ISP to configure it I expect Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:39]: Q: Both is happening via Ethernet. PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:40]: youngboyzie: You're off-topic. This is not a general chat for Windows and certainly not for Dell. You'll have to ask Dell how to get to setup; it's their machine. bill (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:41]: I lost spell check, how can i get et back neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:42]: Q: I didn't do that. I have to try. Jhony (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:43]: Q: Ok. I will do it then. bill (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:43]: Q: I lost spell check, how can i get it back PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:44]: bill: This isn't a general Windows chat. There are some Web forums that you might try. GarySwalling (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:45]: Q: Thanks, I found the Phone 7 presentation at http://live.visitmix.com/MIX10/Sessions/CL13 GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:45]: Q: Is the Silverlight Animation "Spline" a BezierSpline? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:46]: Q: ok. I'll do it. thanks Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:46]: Whowever was asking about KITL connection : I've had this loads in the past. I think I started debugging last time by using wireshark to see what was happening on the network then setting up the OAL_ETHER and OAL_FUNC and OAL_VERBOSE as well as OAL_KITL flags to see what was actually happening in the driver.... Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:47]: I'd generally make sure that you're testing though a 10baseT hub (instead of anything faster) and forcing Active KITL in polled mode too... neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:48]: Q: I disabled the firewall in my PC. Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:50]: Q: I've got a platform (not developed by myself) where I2C bus support has to be provided through the OAL as the kernel needs to talk to devices such as the power management IC and gas gauge so a 'proper' I2C driver hanging off device manager isn't possible. This happens to be a polled driver, so obviously it hits the system hard when either under lots of traffic or an error condition occurs and the driver constantly polls. I originally thought that there was no straightforward way to make such code interrupt driven in the kernel (as it's a cludge) but I realised that that's exactly what ETHDBG drivers do. Is there any reason why I shouldn't have a go at implementing a similar mechanism for our kernel resident I2C driver? If not, are there any obvious pitfalls - I've not seen any other BSP's do this in the past... neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:51]: Q: I don't see a kitlcore.dll in my OS. is my debug image fails to load because of that? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:52]: Q: Hi masatos, I'm using Windows Embedded CE 6.0 with R3 and patched to feb 2010's QFE's (with it's associated CETK version) this is a machine with only CE 6.0 on (no conflicts with earlier CE or WM...) neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:54]: ok. Got it neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:54]: Q: ok. Got it Roundman (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:55]: Q: I am having trouble with my mouse, I have the microsoft wireless mobile mouse 3000, when I push the scroll button I am suppose to have autoscroll instead it shows other web pages,Can you help me out tell me what to do!!! Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:55]: Hey neo, debugging kitl issues is really frustrating but dont lose heart :-) neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:55]: @ pev : u fixed the problem of KITL after that? neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:56]: I am getting the same error again and again. I even cleaned my environment and tried in a fresh PC. But didn't succeed yet Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:56]: Well, eventually - my experiences probably won't help you as different platforms have different reasons for doing that neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:56]: I think so PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:58]: neo: Have you searched the old messages in microsoft.public.windowsce.platbuilder? It seems to me that there was a packet size situation where it was possible to have problems with KITL connections based on a setting on the PC. Google Groups, groups.google.com, Advanced Groups Search will allow you to search a single newsgroup or a set of newsgroups easily. GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:58]: Q: Spline- bad link PaulT (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:58]: GPM: without the > at the end does it work? It seems to for me... neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:58]: But some times if i try to connect to the device again. The Image information is seen in the serial debug. what does that mean?Download BIN file information: ----------------------------------------------------- [0]: Base Address=0x220000 Length=0x18DAADC Received a broadcast message !CheckUDP: Not UDP (proto = 0x00000001) after this i am getting the old errors. PB debugger cannot initialize ... GPM (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:59]: Q: Sorry, got to tirm the ">" neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 12:59]: ok paul. I ll look into that. davbo-msft (Moderator)[2010-3-30 13:0]: Hello everyone, we are just about out of time. Thank you for joining us for our Windows Embedded CE 6.0 chat today! <http://www.Microsoft.com/Embedded>; A special thank you to the product group members for coming out. The transcript of today’s chat will be posted online as soon as possible, to <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/chats>;. We’ll see you again for another chat next month. Please check <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/chats>; for the list of upcoming chats. If you still have unanswered questions, let me suggest that you post them on one of our newsgroups on <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windowsembedded/ce/default.aspx> -Windows Embedded CE 6.0 R3 Now Available! <http://msdn.microsoft.com/windowsembedded/ce/dd630616.aspx>; neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 13:1]: Q: I am unable to use the target control in my development environment. any ideas? Pev (Guest)[2010-3-30 13:1]: Sure, if KITL isn't connected target control won't work as it runs over kitl... neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 13:1]: ok .thanks pev neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 13:2]: yes. sysgen_shell is set to 1 neo (Guest)[2010-3-30 13:2]: Q: yes. sysgen_shell is set to 1 Marcelovk (Guest)[2010-3-30 13:2]: Q: Is there any way to extract the default command lines of the tests in CETK? I want to have it running unconnected from the desktop.   Copyright © 2010 – Bruce Eitman All Rights Reserved

    Read the article

  • value types in the vm

    - by john.rose
    value types in the vm p.p1 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p2 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 14.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p3 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 12.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p4 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 15.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} p.p5 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Courier} p.p6 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Courier; min-height: 17.0px} p.p7 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} p.p8 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 36.0px; text-indent: -36.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} p.p9 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 12.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} p.p10 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 12.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; color: #000000} li.li1 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times} li.li7 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 14.0px Times; min-height: 18.0px} span.s1 {font: 14.0px Courier} span.s2 {color: #000000} span.s3 {font: 14.0px Courier; color: #000000} ol.ol1 {list-style-type: decimal} Or, enduring values for a changing world. Introduction A value type is a data type which, generally speaking, is designed for being passed by value in and out of methods, and stored by value in data structures. The only value types which the Java language directly supports are the eight primitive types. Java indirectly and approximately supports value types, if they are implemented in terms of classes. For example, both Integer and String may be viewed as value types, especially if their usage is restricted to avoid operations appropriate to Object. In this note, we propose a definition of value types in terms of a design pattern for Java classes, accompanied by a set of usage restrictions. We also sketch the relation of such value types to tuple types (which are a JVM-level notion), and point out JVM optimizations that can apply to value types. This note is a thought experiment to extend the JVM’s performance model in support of value types. The demonstration has two phases.  Initially the extension can simply use design patterns, within the current bytecode architecture, and in today’s Java language. But if the performance model is to be realized in practice, it will probably require new JVM bytecode features, changes to the Java language, or both.  We will look at a few possibilities for these new features. An Axiom of Value In the context of the JVM, a value type is a data type equipped with construction, assignment, and equality operations, and a set of typed components, such that, whenever two variables of the value type produce equal corresponding values for their components, the values of the two variables cannot be distinguished by any JVM operation. Here are some corollaries: A value type is immutable, since otherwise a copy could be constructed and the original could be modified in one of its components, allowing the copies to be distinguished. Changing the component of a value type requires construction of a new value. The equals and hashCode operations are strictly component-wise. If a value type is represented by a JVM reference, that reference cannot be successfully synchronized on, and cannot be usefully compared for reference equality. A value type can be viewed in terms of what it doesn’t do. We can say that a value type omits all value-unsafe operations, which could violate the constraints on value types.  These operations, which are ordinarily allowed for Java object types, are pointer equality comparison (the acmp instruction), synchronization (the monitor instructions), all the wait and notify methods of class Object, and non-trivial finalize methods. The clone method is also value-unsafe, although for value types it could be treated as the identity function. Finally, and most importantly, any side effect on an object (however visible) also counts as an value-unsafe operation. A value type may have methods, but such methods must not change the components of the value. It is reasonable and useful to define methods like toString, equals, and hashCode on value types, and also methods which are specifically valuable to users of the value type. Representations of Value Value types have two natural representations in the JVM, unboxed and boxed. An unboxed value consists of the components, as simple variables. For example, the complex number x=(1+2i), in rectangular coordinate form, may be represented in unboxed form by the following pair of variables: /*Complex x = Complex.valueOf(1.0, 2.0):*/ double x_re = 1.0, x_im = 2.0; These variables might be locals, parameters, or fields. Their association as components of a single value is not defined to the JVM. Here is a sample computation which computes the norm of the difference between two complex numbers: double distance(/*Complex x:*/ double x_re, double x_im,         /*Complex y:*/ double y_re, double y_im) {     /*Complex z = x.minus(y):*/     double z_re = x_re - y_re, z_im = x_im - y_im;     /*return z.abs():*/     return Math.sqrt(z_re*z_re + z_im*z_im); } A boxed representation groups component values under a single object reference. The reference is to a ‘wrapper class’ that carries the component values in its fields. (A primitive type can naturally be equated with a trivial value type with just one component of that type. In that view, the wrapper class Integer can serve as a boxed representation of value type int.) The unboxed representation of complex numbers is practical for many uses, but it fails to cover several major use cases: return values, array elements, and generic APIs. The two components of a complex number cannot be directly returned from a Java function, since Java does not support multiple return values. The same story applies to array elements: Java has no ’array of structs’ feature. (Double-length arrays are a possible workaround for complex numbers, but not for value types with heterogeneous components.) By generic APIs I mean both those which use generic types, like Arrays.asList and those which have special case support for primitive types, like String.valueOf and PrintStream.println. Those APIs do not support unboxed values, and offer some problems to boxed values. Any ’real’ JVM type should have a story for returns, arrays, and API interoperability. The basic problem here is that value types fall between primitive types and object types. Value types are clearly more complex than primitive types, and object types are slightly too complicated. Objects are a little bit dangerous to use as value carriers, since object references can be compared for pointer equality, and can be synchronized on. Also, as many Java programmers have observed, there is often a performance cost to using wrapper objects, even on modern JVMs. Even so, wrapper classes are a good starting point for talking about value types. If there were a set of structural rules and restrictions which would prevent value-unsafe operations on value types, wrapper classes would provide a good notation for defining value types. This note attempts to define such rules and restrictions. Let’s Start Coding Now it is time to look at some real code. Here is a definition, written in Java, of a complex number value type. @ValueSafe public final class Complex implements java.io.Serializable {     // immutable component structure:     public final double re, im;     private Complex(double re, double im) {         this.re = re; this.im = im;     }     // interoperability methods:     public String toString() { return "Complex("+re+","+im+")"; }     public List<Double> asList() { return Arrays.asList(re, im); }     public boolean equals(Complex c) {         return re == c.re && im == c.im;     }     public boolean equals(@ValueSafe Object x) {         return x instanceof Complex && equals((Complex) x);     }     public int hashCode() {         return 31*Double.valueOf(re).hashCode()                 + Double.valueOf(im).hashCode();     }     // factory methods:     public static Complex valueOf(double re, double im) {         return new Complex(re, im);     }     public Complex changeRe(double re2) { return valueOf(re2, im); }     public Complex changeIm(double im2) { return valueOf(re, im2); }     public static Complex cast(@ValueSafe Object x) {         return x == null ? ZERO : (Complex) x;     }     // utility methods and constants:     public Complex plus(Complex c)  { return new Complex(re+c.re, im+c.im); }     public Complex minus(Complex c) { return new Complex(re-c.re, im-c.im); }     public double abs() { return Math.sqrt(re*re + im*im); }     public static final Complex PI = valueOf(Math.PI, 0.0);     public static final Complex ZERO = valueOf(0.0, 0.0); } This is not a minimal definition, because it includes some utility methods and other optional parts.  The essential elements are as follows: The class is marked as a value type with an annotation. The class is final, because it does not make sense to create subclasses of value types. The fields of the class are all non-private and final.  (I.e., the type is immutable and structurally transparent.) From the supertype Object, all public non-final methods are overridden. The constructor is private. Beyond these bare essentials, we can observe the following features in this example, which are likely to be typical of all value types: One or more factory methods are responsible for value creation, including a component-wise valueOf method. There are utility methods for complex arithmetic and instance creation, such as plus and changeIm. There are static utility constants, such as PI. The type is serializable, using the default mechanisms. There are methods for converting to and from dynamically typed references, such as asList and cast. The Rules In order to use value types properly, the programmer must avoid value-unsafe operations.  A helpful Java compiler should issue errors (or at least warnings) for code which provably applies value-unsafe operations, and should issue warnings for code which might be correct but does not provably avoid value-unsafe operations.  No such compilers exist today, but to simplify our account here, we will pretend that they do exist. A value-safe type is any class, interface, or type parameter marked with the @ValueSafe annotation, or any subtype of a value-safe type.  If a value-safe class is marked final, it is in fact a value type.  All other value-safe classes must be abstract.  The non-static fields of a value class must be non-public and final, and all its constructors must be private. Under the above rules, a standard interface could be helpful to define value types like Complex.  Here is an example: @ValueSafe public interface ValueType extends java.io.Serializable {     // All methods listed here must get redefined.     // Definitions must be value-safe, which means     // they may depend on component values only.     List<? extends Object> asList();     int hashCode();     boolean equals(@ValueSafe Object c);     String toString(); } //@ValueSafe inherited from supertype: public final class Complex implements ValueType { … The main advantage of such a conventional interface is that (unlike an annotation) it is reified in the runtime type system.  It could appear as an element type or parameter bound, for facilities which are designed to work on value types only.  More broadly, it might assist the JVM to perform dynamic enforcement of the rules for value types. Besides types, the annotation @ValueSafe can mark fields, parameters, local variables, and methods.  (This is redundant when the type is also value-safe, but may be useful when the type is Object or another supertype of a value type.)  Working forward from these annotations, an expression E is defined as value-safe if it satisfies one or more of the following: The type of E is a value-safe type. E names a field, parameter, or local variable whose declaration is marked @ValueSafe. E is a call to a method whose declaration is marked @ValueSafe. E is an assignment to a value-safe variable, field reference, or array reference. E is a cast to a value-safe type from a value-safe expression. E is a conditional expression E0 ? E1 : E2, and both E1 and E2 are value-safe. Assignments to value-safe expressions and initializations of value-safe names must take their values from value-safe expressions. A value-safe expression may not be the subject of a value-unsafe operation.  In particular, it cannot be synchronized on, nor can it be compared with the “==” operator, not even with a null or with another value-safe type. In a program where all of these rules are followed, no value-type value will be subject to a value-unsafe operation.  Thus, the prime axiom of value types will be satisfied, that no two value type will be distinguishable as long as their component values are equal. More Code To illustrate these rules, here are some usage examples for Complex: Complex pi = Complex.valueOf(Math.PI, 0); Complex zero = pi.changeRe(0);  //zero = pi; zero.re = 0; ValueType vtype = pi; @SuppressWarnings("value-unsafe")   Object obj = pi; @ValueSafe Object obj2 = pi; obj2 = new Object();  // ok List<Complex> clist = new ArrayList<Complex>(); clist.add(pi);  // (ok assuming List.add param is @ValueSafe) List<ValueType> vlist = new ArrayList<ValueType>(); vlist.add(pi);  // (ok) List<Object> olist = new ArrayList<Object>(); olist.add(pi);  // warning: "value-unsafe" boolean z = pi.equals(zero); boolean z1 = (pi == zero);  // error: reference comparison on value type boolean z2 = (pi == null);  // error: reference comparison on value type boolean z3 = (pi == obj2);  // error: reference comparison on value type synchronized (pi) { }  // error: synch of value, unpredictable result synchronized (obj2) { }  // unpredictable result Complex qq = pi; qq = null;  // possible NPE; warning: “null-unsafe" qq = (Complex) obj;  // warning: “null-unsafe" qq = Complex.cast(obj);  // OK @SuppressWarnings("null-unsafe")   Complex empty = null;  // possible NPE qq = empty;  // possible NPE (null pollution) The Payoffs It follows from this that either the JVM or the java compiler can replace boxed value-type values with unboxed ones, without affecting normal computations.  Fields and variables of value types can be split into their unboxed components.  Non-static methods on value types can be transformed into static methods which take the components as value parameters. Some common questions arise around this point in any discussion of value types. Why burden the programmer with all these extra rules?  Why not detect programs automagically and perform unboxing transparently?  The answer is that it is easy to break the rules accidently unless they are agreed to by the programmer and enforced.  Automatic unboxing optimizations are tantalizing but (so far) unreachable ideal.  In the current state of the art, it is possible exhibit benchmarks in which automatic unboxing provides the desired effects, but it is not possible to provide a JVM with a performance model that assures the programmer when unboxing will occur.  This is why I’m writing this note, to enlist help from, and provide assurances to, the programmer.  Basically, I’m shooting for a good set of user-supplied “pragmas” to frame the desired optimization. Again, the important thing is that the unboxing must be done reliably, or else programmers will have no reason to work with the extra complexity of the value-safety rules.  There must be a reasonably stable performance model, wherein using a value type has approximately the same performance characteristics as writing the unboxed components as separate Java variables. There are some rough corners to the present scheme.  Since Java fields and array elements are initialized to null, value-type computations which incorporate uninitialized variables can produce null pointer exceptions.  One workaround for this is to require such variables to be null-tested, and the result replaced with a suitable all-zero value of the value type.  That is what the “cast” method does above. Generically typed APIs like List<T> will continue to manipulate boxed values always, at least until we figure out how to do reification of generic type instances.  Use of such APIs will elicit warnings until their type parameters (and/or relevant members) are annotated or typed as value-safe.  Retrofitting List<T> is likely to expose flaws in the present scheme, which we will need to engineer around.  Here are a couple of first approaches: public interface java.util.List<@ValueSafe T> extends Collection<T> { … public interface java.util.List<T extends Object|ValueType> extends Collection<T> { … (The second approach would require disjunctive types, in which value-safety is “contagious” from the constituent types.) With more transformations, the return value types of methods can also be unboxed.  This may require significant bytecode-level transformations, and would work best in the presence of a bytecode representation for multiple value groups, which I have proposed elsewhere under the title “Tuples in the VM”. But for starters, the JVM can apply this transformation under the covers, to internally compiled methods.  This would give a way to express multiple return values and structured return values, which is a significant pain-point for Java programmers, especially those who work with low-level structure types favored by modern vector and graphics processors.  The lack of multiple return values has a strong distorting effect on many Java APIs. Even if the JVM fails to unbox a value, there is still potential benefit to the value type.  Clustered computing systems something have copy operations (serialization or something similar) which apply implicitly to command operands.  When copying JVM objects, it is extremely helpful to know when an object’s identity is important or not.  If an object reference is a copied operand, the system may have to create a proxy handle which points back to the original object, so that side effects are visible.  Proxies must be managed carefully, and this can be expensive.  On the other hand, value types are exactly those types which a JVM can “copy and forget” with no downside. Array types are crucial to bulk data interfaces.  (As data sizes and rates increase, bulk data becomes more important than scalar data, so arrays are definitely accompanying us into the future of computing.)  Value types are very helpful for adding structure to bulk data, so a successful value type mechanism will make it easier for us to express richer forms of bulk data. Unboxing arrays (i.e., arrays containing unboxed values) will provide better cache and memory density, and more direct data movement within clustered or heterogeneous computing systems.  They require the deepest transformations, relative to today’s JVM.  There is an impedance mismatch between value-type arrays and Java’s covariant array typing, so compromises will need to be struck with existing Java semantics.  It is probably worth the effort, since arrays of unboxed value types are inherently more memory-efficient than standard Java arrays, which rely on dependent pointer chains. It may be sufficient to extend the “value-safe” concept to array declarations, and allow low-level transformations to change value-safe array declarations from the standard boxed form into an unboxed tuple-based form.  Such value-safe arrays would not be convertible to Object[] arrays.  Certain connection points, such as Arrays.copyOf and System.arraycopy might need additional input/output combinations, to allow smooth conversion between arrays with boxed and unboxed elements. Alternatively, the correct solution may have to wait until we have enough reification of generic types, and enough operator overloading, to enable an overhaul of Java arrays. Implicit Method Definitions The example of class Complex above may be unattractively complex.  I believe most or all of the elements of the example class are required by the logic of value types. If this is true, a programmer who writes a value type will have to write lots of error-prone boilerplate code.  On the other hand, I think nearly all of the code (except for the domain-specific parts like plus and minus) can be implicitly generated. Java has a rule for implicitly defining a class’s constructor, if no it defines no constructors explicitly.  Likewise, there are rules for providing default access modifiers for interface members.  Because of the highly regular structure of value types, it might be reasonable to perform similar implicit transformations on value types.  Here’s an example of a “highly implicit” definition of a complex number type: public class Complex implements ValueType {  // implicitly final     public double re, im;  // implicitly public final     //implicit methods are defined elementwise from te fields:     //  toString, asList, equals(2), hashCode, valueOf, cast     //optionally, explicit methods (plus, abs, etc.) would go here } In other words, with the right defaults, a simple value type definition can be a one-liner.  The observant reader will have noticed the similarities (and suitable differences) between the explicit methods above and the corresponding methods for List<T>. Another way to abbreviate such a class would be to make an annotation the primary trigger of the functionality, and to add the interface(s) implicitly: public @ValueType class Complex { … // implicitly final, implements ValueType (But to me it seems better to communicate the “magic” via an interface, even if it is rooted in an annotation.) Implicitly Defined Value Types So far we have been working with nominal value types, which is to say that the sequence of typed components is associated with a name and additional methods that convey the intention of the programmer.  A simple ordered pair of floating point numbers can be variously interpreted as (to name a few possibilities) a rectangular or polar complex number or Cartesian point.  The name and the methods convey the intended meaning. But what if we need a truly simple ordered pair of floating point numbers, without any further conceptual baggage?  Perhaps we are writing a method (like “divideAndRemainder”) which naturally returns a pair of numbers instead of a single number.  Wrapping the pair of numbers in a nominal type (like “QuotientAndRemainder”) makes as little sense as wrapping a single return value in a nominal type (like “Quotient”).  What we need here are structural value types commonly known as tuples. For the present discussion, let us assign a conventional, JVM-friendly name to tuples, roughly as follows: public class java.lang.tuple.$DD extends java.lang.tuple.Tuple {      double $1, $2; } Here the component names are fixed and all the required methods are defined implicitly.  The supertype is an abstract class which has suitable shared declarations.  The name itself mentions a JVM-style method parameter descriptor, which may be “cracked” to determine the number and types of the component fields. The odd thing about such a tuple type (and structural types in general) is it must be instantiated lazily, in response to linkage requests from one or more classes that need it.  The JVM and/or its class loaders must be prepared to spin a tuple type on demand, given a simple name reference, $xyz, where the xyz is cracked into a series of component types.  (Specifics of naming and name mangling need some tasteful engineering.) Tuples also seem to demand, even more than nominal types, some support from the language.  (This is probably because notations for non-nominal types work best as combinations of punctuation and type names, rather than named constructors like Function3 or Tuple2.)  At a minimum, languages with tuples usually (I think) have some sort of simple bracket notation for creating tuples, and a corresponding pattern-matching syntax (or “destructuring bind”) for taking tuples apart, at least when they are parameter lists.  Designing such a syntax is no simple thing, because it ought to play well with nominal value types, and also with pre-existing Java features, such as method parameter lists, implicit conversions, generic types, and reflection.  That is a task for another day. Other Use Cases Besides complex numbers and simple tuples there are many use cases for value types.  Many tuple-like types have natural value-type representations. These include rational numbers, point locations and pixel colors, and various kinds of dates and addresses. Other types have a variable-length ‘tail’ of internal values. The most common example of this is String, which is (mathematically) a sequence of UTF-16 character values. Similarly, bit vectors, multiple-precision numbers, and polynomials are composed of sequences of values. Such types include, in their representation, a reference to a variable-sized data structure (often an array) which (somehow) represents the sequence of values. The value type may also include ’header’ information. Variable-sized values often have a length distribution which favors short lengths. In that case, the design of the value type can make the first few values in the sequence be direct ’header’ fields of the value type. In the common case where the header is enough to represent the whole value, the tail can be a shared null value, or even just a null reference. Note that the tail need not be an immutable object, as long as the header type encapsulates it well enough. This is the case with String, where the tail is a mutable (but never mutated) character array. Field types and their order must be a globally visible part of the API.  The structure of the value type must be transparent enough to have a globally consistent unboxed representation, so that all callers and callees agree about the type and order of components  that appear as parameters, return types, and array elements.  This is a trade-off between efficiency and encapsulation, which is forced on us when we remove an indirection enjoyed by boxed representations.  A JVM-only transformation would not care about such visibility, but a bytecode transformation would need to take care that (say) the components of complex numbers would not get swapped after a redefinition of Complex and a partial recompile.  Perhaps constant pool references to value types need to declare the field order as assumed by each API user. This brings up the delicate status of private fields in a value type.  It must always be possible to load, store, and copy value types as coordinated groups, and the JVM performs those movements by moving individual scalar values between locals and stack.  If a component field is not public, what is to prevent hostile code from plucking it out of the tuple using a rogue aload or astore instruction?  Nothing but the verifier, so we may need to give it more smarts, so that it treats value types as inseparable groups of stack slots or locals (something like long or double). My initial thought was to make the fields always public, which would make the security problem moot.  But public is not always the right answer; consider the case of String, where the underlying mutable character array must be encapsulated to prevent security holes.  I believe we can win back both sides of the tradeoff, by training the verifier never to split up the components in an unboxed value.  Just as the verifier encapsulates the two halves of a 64-bit primitive, it can encapsulate the the header and body of an unboxed String, so that no code other than that of class String itself can take apart the values. Similar to String, we could build an efficient multi-precision decimal type along these lines: public final class DecimalValue extends ValueType {     protected final long header;     protected private final BigInteger digits;     public DecimalValue valueOf(int value, int scale) {         assert(scale >= 0);         return new DecimalValue(((long)value << 32) + scale, null);     }     public DecimalValue valueOf(long value, int scale) {         if (value == (int) value)             return valueOf((int)value, scale);         return new DecimalValue(-scale, new BigInteger(value));     } } Values of this type would be passed between methods as two machine words. Small values (those with a significand which fits into 32 bits) would be represented without any heap data at all, unless the DecimalValue itself were boxed. (Note the tension between encapsulation and unboxing in this case.  It would be better if the header and digits fields were private, but depending on where the unboxing information must “leak”, it is probably safer to make a public revelation of the internal structure.) Note that, although an array of Complex can be faked with a double-length array of double, there is no easy way to fake an array of unboxed DecimalValues.  (Either an array of boxed values or a transposed pair of homogeneous arrays would be reasonable fallbacks, in a current JVM.)  Getting the full benefit of unboxing and arrays will require some new JVM magic. Although the JVM emphasizes portability, system dependent code will benefit from using machine-level types larger than 64 bits.  For example, the back end of a linear algebra package might benefit from value types like Float4 which map to stock vector types.  This is probably only worthwhile if the unboxing arrays can be packed with such values. More Daydreams A more finely-divided design for dynamic enforcement of value safety could feature separate marker interfaces for each invariant.  An empty marker interface Unsynchronizable could cause suitable exceptions for monitor instructions on objects in marked classes.  More radically, a Interchangeable marker interface could cause JVM primitives that are sensitive to object identity to raise exceptions; the strangest result would be that the acmp instruction would have to be specified as raising an exception. @ValueSafe public interface ValueType extends java.io.Serializable,         Unsynchronizable, Interchangeable { … public class Complex implements ValueType {     // inherits Serializable, Unsynchronizable, Interchangeable, @ValueSafe     … It seems possible that Integer and the other wrapper types could be retro-fitted as value-safe types.  This is a major change, since wrapper objects would be unsynchronizable and their references interchangeable.  It is likely that code which violates value-safety for wrapper types exists but is uncommon.  It is less plausible to retro-fit String, since the prominent operation String.intern is often used with value-unsafe code. We should also reconsider the distinction between boxed and unboxed values in code.  The design presented above obscures that distinction.  As another thought experiment, we could imagine making a first class distinction in the type system between boxed and unboxed representations.  Since only primitive types are named with a lower-case initial letter, we could define that the capitalized version of a value type name always refers to the boxed representation, while the initial lower-case variant always refers to boxed.  For example: complex pi = complex.valueOf(Math.PI, 0); Complex boxPi = pi;  // convert to boxed myList.add(boxPi); complex z = myList.get(0);  // unbox Such a convention could perhaps absorb the current difference between int and Integer, double and Double. It might also allow the programmer to express a helpful distinction among array types. As said above, array types are crucial to bulk data interfaces, but are limited in the JVM.  Extending arrays beyond the present limitations is worth thinking about; for example, the Maxine JVM implementation has a hybrid object/array type.  Something like this which can also accommodate value type components seems worthwhile.  On the other hand, does it make sense for value types to contain short arrays?  And why should random-access arrays be the end of our design process, when bulk data is often sequentially accessed, and it might make sense to have heterogeneous streams of data as the natural “jumbo” data structure.  These considerations must wait for another day and another note. More Work It seems to me that a good sequence for introducing such value types would be as follows: Add the value-safety restrictions to an experimental version of javac. Code some sample applications with value types, including Complex and DecimalValue. Create an experimental JVM which internally unboxes value types but does not require new bytecodes to do so.  Ensure the feasibility of the performance model for the sample applications. Add tuple-like bytecodes (with or without generic type reification) to a major revision of the JVM, and teach the Java compiler to switch in the new bytecodes without code changes. A staggered roll-out like this would decouple language changes from bytecode changes, which is always a convenient thing. A similar investigation should be applied (concurrently) to array types.  In this case, it seems to me that the starting point is in the JVM: Add an experimental unboxing array data structure to a production JVM, perhaps along the lines of Maxine hybrids.  No bytecode or language support is required at first; everything can be done with encapsulated unsafe operations and/or method handles. Create an experimental JVM which internally unboxes value types but does not require new bytecodes to do so.  Ensure the feasibility of the performance model for the sample applications. Add tuple-like bytecodes (with or without generic type reification) to a major revision of the JVM, and teach the Java compiler to switch in the new bytecodes without code changes. That’s enough musing me for now.  Back to work!

    Read the article

  • Extending Oracle CEP with Predictive Analytics

    - by vikram.shukla(at)oracle.com
    Introduction: OCEP is often used as a business rules engine to execute a set of business logic rules via CQL statements, and take decisions based on the outcome of those rules. There are times where configuring rules manually is sufficient because an application needs to deal with only a small and well-defined set of static rules. However, in many situations customers don't want to pre-define such rules for two reasons. First, they are dealing with events with lots of columns and manually crafting such rules for each column or a set of columns and combinations thereof is almost impossible. Second, they are content with probabilistic outcomes and do not care about 100% precision. The former is the case when a user is dealing with data with high dimensionality, the latter when an application can live with "false" positives as they can be discarded after further inspection, say by a Human Task component in a Business Process Management software. The primary goal of this blog post is to show how this can be achieved by combining OCEP with Oracle Data Mining® and leveraging the latter's rich set of algorithms and functionality to do predictive analytics in real time on streaming events. The secondary goal of this post is also to show how OCEP can be extended to invoke any arbitrary external computation in an RDBMS from within CEP. The extensible facility is known as the JDBC cartridge. The rest of the post describes the steps required to achieve this: We use the dataset available at http://blogs.oracle.com/datamining/2010/01/fraud_and_anomaly_detection_made_simple.html to showcase the capabilities. We use it to show how transaction anomalies or fraud can be detected. Building the model: Follow the self-explanatory steps described at the above URL to build the model.  It is very simple - it uses built-in Oracle Data Mining PL/SQL packages to cleanse, normalize and build the model out of the dataset.  You can also use graphical Oracle Data Miner®  to build the models. To summarize, it involves: Specifying which algorithms to use. In this case we use Support Vector Machines as we're trying to find anomalies in highly dimensional dataset.Build model on the data in the table for the algorithms specified. For this example, the table was populated in the scott/tiger schema with appropriate privileges. Configuring the Data Source: This is the first step in building CEP application using such an integration.  Our datasource looks as follows in the server config file.  It is advisable that you use the Visualizer to add it to the running server dynamically, rather than manually edit the file.    <data-source>         <name>DataMining</name>         <data-source-params>             <jndi-names>                 <element>DataMining</element>             </jndi-names>             <global-transactions-protocol>OnePhaseCommit</global-transactions-protocol>         </data-source-params>         <connection-pool-params>             <credential-mapping-enabled></credential-mapping-enabled>             <test-table-name>SQL SELECT 1 from DUAL</test-table-name>             <initial-capacity>1</initial-capacity>             <max-capacity>15</max-capacity>             <capacity-increment>1</capacity-increment>         </connection-pool-params>         <driver-params>             <use-xa-data-source-interface>true</use-xa-data-source-interface>             <driver-name>oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver</driver-name>             <url>jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1522:orcl</url>             <properties>                 <element>                     <value>scott</value>                     <name>user</name>                 </element>                 <element>                     <value>{Salted-3DES}AzFE5dDbO2g=</value>                     <name>password</name>                 </element>                                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceName</name>                     <value>oracle11.2g</value>                 </element>                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceVersion</name>                     <value>11.2.0</value>                 </element>                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceObjectClass</name>                     <value>java.sql.Driver</value>                 </element>             </properties>         </driver-params>     </data-source>   Designing the EPN: The EPN is very simple in this example. We briefly describe each of the components. The adapter ("DataMiningAdapter") reads data from a .csv file and sends it to the CQL processor downstream. The event payload here is same as that of the table in the database (refer to the attached project or do a "desc table-name" from a SQL*PLUS prompt). While this is for convenience in this example, it need not be the case. One can still omit fields in the streaming events, and need not match all columns in the table on which the model was built. Better yet, it does not even need to have the same name as columns in the table, as long as you alias them in the USING clause of the mining function. (Caveat: they still need to draw values from a similar universe or domain, otherwise it constitutes incorrect usage of the model). There are two things in the CQL processor ("DataMiningProc") that make scoring possible on streaming events. 1.      User defined cartridge function Please refer to the OCEP CQL reference manual to find more details about how to define such functions. We include the function below in its entirety for illustration. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jdbcctxconfig:config     xmlns:jdbcctxconfig="http://www.bea.com/ns/wlevs/config/application"     xmlns:jc="http://www.oracle.com/ns/ocep/config/jdbc">        <jc:jdbc-ctx>         <name>Oracle11gR2</name>         <data-source>DataMining</data-source>               <function name="prediction2">                                 <param name="CQLMONTH" type="char"/>                      <param name="WEEKOFMONTH" type="int"/>                      <param name="DAYOFWEEK" type="char" />                      <param name="MAKE" type="char" />                      <param name="ACCIDENTAREA"   type="char" />                      <param name="DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED"  type="char" />                      <param name="MONTHCLAIMED" type="char" />                      <param name="WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED" type="int" />                      <param name="SEX" type="char" />                      <param name="MARITALSTATUS"   type="char" />                      <param name="AGE" type="int" />                      <param name="FAULT" type="char" />                      <param name="POLICYTYPE"   type="char" />                      <param name="VEHICLECATEGORY"  type="char" />                      <param name="VEHICLEPRICE" type="char" />                      <param name="FRAUDFOUND" type="int" />                      <param name="POLICYNUMBER" type="int" />                      <param name="REPNUMBER" type="int" />                      <param name="DEDUCTIBLE"   type="int" />                      <param name="DRIVERRATING"  type="int" />                      <param name="DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT"   type="char" />                      <param name="DAYSPOLICYCLAIM" type="char" />                      <param name="PASTNUMOFCLAIMS" type="char" />                      <param name="AGEOFVEHICLES" type="char" />                      <param name="AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER" type="char" />                      <param name="POLICEREPORTFILED" type="char" />                      <param name="WITNESSPRESNT" type="char" />                      <param name="AGENTTYPE" type="char" />                      <param name="NUMOFSUPP" type="char" />                      <param name="ADDRCHGCLAIM"   type="char" />                      <param name="NUMOFCARS" type="char" />                      <param name="CQLYEAR" type="int" />                      <param name="BASEPOLICY" type="char" />                                     <return-component-type>char</return-component-type>                                                      <sql><![CDATA[             SELECT to_char(PREDICTION_PROBABILITY(CLAIMSMODEL, '0' USING *))               AS probability             FROM (SELECT  :CQLMONTH AS MONTH,                                            :WEEKOFMONTH AS WEEKOFMONTH,                          :DAYOFWEEK AS DAYOFWEEK,                           :MAKE AS MAKE,                           :ACCIDENTAREA AS ACCIDENTAREA,                           :DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED AS DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED,                           :MONTHCLAIMED AS MONTHCLAIMED,                           :WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED,                             :SEX AS SEX,                           :MARITALSTATUS AS MARITALSTATUS,                            :AGE AS AGE,                           :FAULT AS FAULT,                           :POLICYTYPE AS POLICYTYPE,                            :VEHICLECATEGORY AS VEHICLECATEGORY,                           :VEHICLEPRICE AS VEHICLEPRICE,                           :FRAUDFOUND AS FRAUDFOUND,                           :POLICYNUMBER AS POLICYNUMBER,                           :REPNUMBER AS REPNUMBER,                           :DEDUCTIBLE AS DEDUCTIBLE,                            :DRIVERRATING AS DRIVERRATING,                           :DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT AS DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT,                            :DAYSPOLICYCLAIM AS DAYSPOLICYCLAIM,                           :PASTNUMOFCLAIMS AS PASTNUMOFCLAIMS,                           :AGEOFVEHICLES AS AGEOFVEHICLES,                           :AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER AS AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER,                           :POLICEREPORTFILED AS POLICEREPORTFILED,                           :WITNESSPRESNT AS WITNESSPRESENT,                           :AGENTTYPE AS AGENTTYPE,                           :NUMOFSUPP AS NUMOFSUPP,                           :ADDRCHGCLAIM AS ADDRCHGCLAIM,                            :NUMOFCARS AS NUMOFCARS,                           :CQLYEAR AS YEAR,                           :BASEPOLICY AS BASEPOLICY                 FROM dual)                 ]]>         </sql>        </function>     </jc:jdbc-ctx> </jdbcctxconfig:config> 2.      Invoking the function for each event. Once this function is defined, you can invoke it from CQL as follows: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <wlevs:config xmlns:wlevs="http://www.bea.com/ns/wlevs/config/application">   <processor>     <name>DataMiningProc</name>     <rules>        <query id="q1"><![CDATA[                     ISTREAM(SELECT S.CQLMONTH,                                   S.WEEKOFMONTH,                                   S.DAYOFWEEK, S.MAKE,                                   :                                         S.BASEPOLICY,                                    C.F AS probability                                                 FROM                                 StreamDataChannel [NOW] AS S,                                 TABLE(prediction2@Oracle11gR2(S.CQLMONTH,                                      S.WEEKOFMONTH,                                      S.DAYOFWEEK,                                       S.MAKE, ...,                                      S.BASEPOLICY) AS F of char) AS C)                       ]]></query>                 </rules>               </processor>           </wlevs:config>   Finally, the last stage in the EPN prints out the probability of the event being an anomaly. One can also define a threshold in CQL to filter out events that are normal, i.e., below a certain mark as defined by the analyst or designer. Sample Runs: Now let's see how this behaves when events are streamed through CEP. We use only two events for brevity, one normal and other one not. This is one of the "normal" looking events and the probability of it being anomalous is less than 60%. Event is: eventType=DataMiningOutEvent object=q1  time=2904821976256 S.CQLMONTH=Dec, S.WEEKOFMONTH=5, S.DAYOFWEEK=Wednesday, S.MAKE=Honda, S.ACCIDENTAREA=Urban, S.DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED=Tuesday, S.MONTHCLAIMED=Jan, S.WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED=1, S.SEX=Female, S.MARITALSTATUS=Single, S.AGE=21, S.FAULT=Policy Holder, S.POLICYTYPE=Sport - Liability, S.VEHICLECATEGORY=Sport, S.VEHICLEPRICE=more than 69000, S.FRAUDFOUND=0, S.POLICYNUMBER=1, S.REPNUMBER=12, S.DEDUCTIBLE=300, S.DRIVERRATING=1, S.DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT=more than 30, S.DAYSPOLICYCLAIM=more than 30, S.PASTNUMOFCLAIMS=none, S.AGEOFVEHICLES=3 years, S.AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER=26 to 30, S.POLICEREPORTFILED=No, S.WITNESSPRESENT=No, S.AGENTTYPE=External, S.NUMOFSUPP=none, S.ADDRCHGCLAIM=1 year, S.NUMOFCARS=3 to 4, S.CQLYEAR=1994, S.BASEPOLICY=Liability, probability=.58931702982118561 isTotalOrderGuarantee=true\nAnamoly probability: .58931702982118561 However, the following event is scored as an anomaly with a very high probability of  89%. So there is likely to be something wrong with it. A close look reveals that the value of "deductible" field (10000) is not "normal". What exactly constitutes normal here?. If you run the query on the database to find ALL distinct values for the "deductible" field, it returns the following set: {300, 400, 500, 700} Event is: eventType=DataMiningOutEvent object=q1  time=2598483773496 S.CQLMONTH=Dec, S.WEEKOFMONTH=5, S.DAYOFWEEK=Wednesday, S.MAKE=Honda, S.ACCIDENTAREA=Urban, S.DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED=Tuesday, S.MONTHCLAIMED=Jan, S.WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED=1, S.SEX=Female, S.MARITALSTATUS=Single, S.AGE=21, S.FAULT=Policy Holder, S.POLICYTYPE=Sport - Liability, S.VEHICLECATEGORY=Sport, S.VEHICLEPRICE=more than 69000, S.FRAUDFOUND=0, S.POLICYNUMBER=1, S.REPNUMBER=12, S.DEDUCTIBLE=10000, S.DRIVERRATING=1, S.DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT=more than 30, S.DAYSPOLICYCLAIM=more than 30, S.PASTNUMOFCLAIMS=none, S.AGEOFVEHICLES=3 years, S.AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER=26 to 30, S.POLICEREPORTFILED=No, S.WITNESSPRESENT=No, S.AGENTTYPE=External, S.NUMOFSUPP=none, S.ADDRCHGCLAIM=1 year, S.NUMOFCARS=3 to 4, S.CQLYEAR=1994, S.BASEPOLICY=Liability, probability=.89171554529576691 isTotalOrderGuarantee=true\nAnamoly probability: .89171554529576691 Conclusion: By way of this example, we show: real-time scoring of events as they flow through CEP leveraging Oracle Data Mining.how CEP applications can invoke complex arbitrary external computations (function shipping) in an RDBMS.

    Read the article

  • Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files

    - by user12620111
    Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files body, td { font-family: sans-serif; background-color: white; font-size: 12px; margin: 8px; } tt, code, pre { font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Droid Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', Consolas, Monaco, monospace; } h1 { font-size:2.2em; } h2 { font-size:1.8em; } h3 { font-size:1.4em; } h4 { font-size:1.0em; } h5 { font-size:0.9em; } h6 { font-size:0.8em; } a:visited { color: rgb(50%, 0%, 50%); } pre { margin-top: 0; max-width: 95%; border: 1px solid #ccc; white-space: pre-wrap; } pre code { display: block; padding: 0.5em; } code.r, code.cpp { background-color: #F8F8F8; } table, td, th { border: none; } blockquote { color:#666666; margin:0; padding-left: 1em; border-left: 0.5em #EEE solid; } hr { height: 0px; border-bottom: none; border-top-width: thin; border-top-style: dotted; border-top-color: #999999; } @media print { * { background: transparent !important; color: black !important; filter:none !important; -ms-filter: none !important; } body { font-size:12pt; max-width:100%; } a, a:visited { text-decoration: underline; } hr { visibility: hidden; page-break-before: always; } pre, blockquote { padding-right: 1em; page-break-inside: avoid; } tr, img { page-break-inside: avoid; } img { max-width: 100% !important; } @page :left { margin: 15mm 20mm 15mm 10mm; } @page :right { margin: 15mm 10mm 15mm 20mm; } p, h2, h3 { orphans: 3; widows: 3; } h2, h3 { page-break-after: avoid; } } pre .operator, pre .paren { color: rgb(104, 118, 135) } pre .literal { color: rgb(88, 72, 246) } pre .number { color: rgb(0, 0, 205); } pre .comment { color: rgb(76, 136, 107); } pre .keyword { color: rgb(0, 0, 255); } pre .identifier { color: rgb(0, 0, 0); } pre .string { color: rgb(3, 106, 7); } var hljs=new function(){function m(p){return p.replace(/&/gm,"&").replace(/"}while(y.length||w.length){var v=u().splice(0,1)[0];z+=m(x.substr(q,v.offset-q));q=v.offset;if(v.event=="start"){z+=t(v.node);s.push(v.node)}else{if(v.event=="stop"){var p,r=s.length;do{r--;p=s[r];z+=("")}while(p!=v.node);s.splice(r,1);while(r'+M[0]+""}else{r+=M[0]}O=P.lR.lastIndex;M=P.lR.exec(L)}return r+L.substr(O,L.length-O)}function J(L,M){if(M.sL&&e[M.sL]){var r=d(M.sL,L);x+=r.keyword_count;return r.value}else{return F(L,M)}}function I(M,r){var L=M.cN?'':"";if(M.rB){y+=L;M.buffer=""}else{if(M.eB){y+=m(r)+L;M.buffer=""}else{y+=L;M.buffer=r}}D.push(M);A+=M.r}function G(N,M,Q){var R=D[D.length-1];if(Q){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);return false}var P=q(M,R);if(P){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);I(P,M);return P.rB}var L=v(D.length-1,M);if(L){var O=R.cN?"":"";if(R.rE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O}else{if(R.eE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O+m(M)}else{y+=J(R.buffer+N+M,R)+O}}while(L1){O=D[D.length-2].cN?"":"";y+=O;L--;D.length--}var r=D[D.length-1];D.length--;D[D.length-1].buffer="";if(r.starts){I(r.starts,"")}return R.rE}if(w(M,R)){throw"Illegal"}}var E=e[B];var D=[E.dM];var A=0;var x=0;var y="";try{var s,u=0;E.dM.buffer="";do{s=p(C,u);var t=G(s[0],s[1],s[2]);u+=s[0].length;if(!t){u+=s[1].length}}while(!s[2]);if(D.length1){throw"Illegal"}return{r:A,keyword_count:x,value:y}}catch(H){if(H=="Illegal"){return{r:0,keyword_count:0,value:m(C)}}else{throw H}}}function g(t){var p={keyword_count:0,r:0,value:m(t)};var r=p;for(var q in e){if(!e.hasOwnProperty(q)){continue}var s=d(q,t);s.language=q;if(s.keyword_count+s.rr.keyword_count+r.r){r=s}if(s.keyword_count+s.rp.keyword_count+p.r){r=p;p=s}}if(r.language){p.second_best=r}return p}function i(r,q,p){if(q){r=r.replace(/^((]+|\t)+)/gm,function(t,w,v,u){return w.replace(/\t/g,q)})}if(p){r=r.replace(/\n/g,"")}return r}function n(t,w,r){var x=h(t,r);var v=a(t);var y,s;if(v){y=d(v,x)}else{return}var q=c(t);if(q.length){s=document.createElement("pre");s.innerHTML=y.value;y.value=k(q,c(s),x)}y.value=i(y.value,w,r);var u=t.className;if(!u.match("(\\s|^)(language-)?"+v+"(\\s|$)")){u=u?(u+" "+v):v}if(/MSIE [678]/.test(navigator.userAgent)&&t.tagName=="CODE"&&t.parentNode.tagName=="PRE"){s=t.parentNode;var p=document.createElement("div");p.innerHTML=""+y.value+"";t=p.firstChild.firstChild;p.firstChild.cN=s.cN;s.parentNode.replaceChild(p.firstChild,s)}else{t.innerHTML=y.value}t.className=u;t.result={language:v,kw:y.keyword_count,re:y.r};if(y.second_best){t.second_best={language:y.second_best.language,kw:y.second_best.keyword_count,re:y.second_best.r}}}function o(){if(o.called){return}o.called=true;var r=document.getElementsByTagName("pre");for(var p=0;p|=||=||=|\\?|\\[|\\{|\\(|\\^|\\^=|\\||\\|=|\\|\\||~";this.ER="(?![\\s\\S])";this.BE={b:"\\\\.",r:0};this.ASM={cN:"string",b:"'",e:"'",i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.QSM={cN:"string",b:'"',e:'"',i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.CLCM={cN:"comment",b:"//",e:"$"};this.CBLCLM={cN:"comment",b:"/\\*",e:"\\*/"};this.HCM={cN:"comment",b:"#",e:"$"};this.NM={cN:"number",b:this.NR,r:0};this.CNM={cN:"number",b:this.CNR,r:0};this.BNM={cN:"number",b:this.BNR,r:0};this.inherit=function(r,s){var p={};for(var q in r){p[q]=r[q]}if(s){for(var q in s){p[q]=s[q]}}return p}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.cpp=function(){var a={keyword:{"false":1,"int":1,"float":1,"while":1,"private":1,"char":1,"catch":1,"export":1,virtual:1,operator:2,sizeof:2,dynamic_cast:2,typedef:2,const_cast:2,"const":1,struct:1,"for":1,static_cast:2,union:1,namespace:1,unsigned:1,"long":1,"throw":1,"volatile":2,"static":1,"protected":1,bool:1,template:1,mutable:1,"if":1,"public":1,friend:2,"do":1,"return":1,"goto":1,auto:1,"void":2,"enum":1,"else":1,"break":1,"new":1,extern:1,using:1,"true":1,"class":1,asm:1,"case":1,typeid:1,"short":1,reinterpret_cast:2,"default":1,"double":1,register:1,explicit:1,signed:1,typename:1,"try":1,"this":1,"switch":1,"continue":1,wchar_t:1,inline:1,"delete":1,alignof:1,char16_t:1,char32_t:1,constexpr:1,decltype:1,noexcept:1,nullptr:1,static_assert:1,thread_local:1,restrict:1,_Bool:1,complex:1},built_in:{std:1,string:1,cin:1,cout:1,cerr:1,clog:1,stringstream:1,istringstream:1,ostringstream:1,auto_ptr:1,deque:1,list:1,queue:1,stack:1,vector:1,map:1,set:1,bitset:1,multiset:1,multimap:1,unordered_set:1,unordered_map:1,unordered_multiset:1,unordered_multimap:1,array:1,shared_ptr:1}};return{dM:{k:a,i:"",k:a,r:10,c:["self"]}]}}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.r={dM:{c:[hljs.HCM,{cN:"number",b:"\\b0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+[Li]?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?L\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+\\.(?!\\d)(?:i\\b)?",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:\\.\\d*)?(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\.\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:tryCatch|library|setGeneric|setGroupGeneric)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\.",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\d+(?![\\w.])",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\b(?:function)",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:2},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:if|in|break|next|repeat|else|for|return|switch|while|try|stop|warning|require|attach|detach|source|setMethod|setClass)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NA|NA_integer_|NA_real_|NA_character_|NA_complex_)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NULL|TRUE|FALSE|T|F|Inf|NaN)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"identifier",b:"[a-zA-Z.][a-zA-Z0-9._]*\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"operator",b:"|=||   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files Introduction Working in Oracle Platform Integration gives an engineer opportunities to work on a wide array of technologies. My team’s goal is to make Oracle applications run best on the Solaris/SPARC platform. When looking for bottlenecks in a modern applications, one needs to be aware of not only how the CPUs and operating system are executing, but also network, storage, and in some cases, the Java Virtual Machine. I was recently presented with about 1.5 GB of Java Garbage First Garbage Collector log file data. If you’re not familiar with the subject, you might want to review Garbage First Garbage Collector Tuning by Monica Beckwith. The customer had been running Java HotSpot 1.6.0_31 to host a web application server. I was told that the Solaris/SPARC server was running a Java process launched using a commmand line that included the following flags: -d64 -Xms9g -Xmx9g -XX:+UseG1GC -XX:MaxGCPauseMillis=200 -XX:InitiatingHeapOccupancyPercent=80 -XX:PermSize=256m -XX:MaxPermSize=256m -XX:+PrintGC -XX:+PrintGCTimeStamps -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC -XX:+PrintGCDateStamps -XX:+PrintFlagsFinal -XX:+DisableExplicitGC -XX:+UnlockExperimentalVMOptions -XX:ParallelGCThreads=8 Several sources on the internet indicate that if I were to print out the 1.5 GB of log files, it would require enough paper to fill the bed of a pick up truck. Of course, it would be fruitless to try to scan the log files by hand. Tools will be required to summarize the contents of the log files. Others have encountered large Java garbage collection log files. There are existing tools to analyze the log files: IBM’s GC toolkit The chewiebug GCViewer gchisto HPjmeter Instead of using one of the other tools listed, I decide to parse the log files with standard Unix tools, and analyze the data with R. Data Cleansing The log files arrived in two different formats. I guess that the difference is that one set of log files was generated using a more verbose option, maybe -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC, and the other set of log files was generated without that option. Format 1 In some of the log files, the log files with the less verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, looks like this: {Heap before GC invocations=12280 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7499918K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 1 young (4096K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. 2014-05-14T07:24:00.988-0700: 60586.353: [GC pause (young) 7324M->7320M(9216M), 0.1567265 secs] Heap after GC invocations=12281 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7496533K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 0 young (0K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. } A simple grep can be used to extract a summary: $ grep "\[ GC pause (young" g1gc.log 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700: 3.109: [GC pause (young) 20M->5029K(9216M), 0.0146328 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700: 3.459: [GC pause (young) 9125K->6077K(9216M), 0.0086723 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700: 5.599: [GC pause (young) 25M->8470K(9216M), 0.0203820 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700: 10.704: [GC pause (young) 44M->15M(9216M), 0.0288848 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700: 16.958: [GC pause (young) 51M->20M(9216M), 0.0491244 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700: 24.066: [GC pause (young) 92M->26M(9216M), 0.0525368 secs] 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700: 62.383: [GC pause (young) 602M->68M(9216M), 0.1721173 secs] But that format wasn't easily read into R, so I needed to be a bit more tricky. I used the following Unix command to create a summary file that was easy for R to read. $ echo "SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime" $ grep "\[GC pause (young" g1gc.log | grep -v mark | sed -e 's/[A-SU-z\(\),]/ /g' -e 's/->/ /' -e 's/: / /g' | more SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700 3.109 20 5029 9216 0.0146328 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700 3.459 9125 6077 9216 0.0086723 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700 5.599 25 8470 9216 0.0203820 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700 10.704 44 15 9216 0.0288848 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700 16.958 51 20 9216 0.0491244 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700 24.066 92 26 9216 0.0525368 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700 62.383 602 68 9216 0.1721173 Format 2 In some of the log files, the log files with the more verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, was more complicated than Format 1. Here is a text file with an example of a single G1GC trace in the second format. As you can see, it is quite complicated. It is nice that there is so much information available, but the level of detail can be overwhelming. I wrote this awk script (download) to summarize each trace on a single line. #!/usr/bin/env awk -f BEGIN { printf("SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize\n") } ###################### # Save count data from lines that are at the start of each G1GC trace. # Each trace starts out like this: # {Heap before GC invocations=14 (full 0): # garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 325496K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) ###################### /{Heap.*full/{ gsub ( "\\)" , "" ); nf=split($0,a,"="); split(a[2],b," "); getline; if ( match($0, "first") ) { G1GC=1; IncrementalCount=b[1]; FullCount=substr( b[3], 1, length(b[3])-1 ); } else { G1GC=0; } } ###################### # Pull out time stamps that are in lines with this format: # 2014-05-12T14:02:06.025-0700: 94.312: [GC pause (young), 0.08870154 secs] ###################### /GC pause/ { DateTime=$1; SecondsSinceLaunch=substr($2, 1, length($2)-1); } ###################### # Heap sizes are in lines that look like this: # [ 4842M->4838M(9216M)] ###################### /\[ .*]$/ { gsub ( "\\[" , "" ); gsub ( "\ \]" , "" ); gsub ( "->" , " " ); gsub ( "\\( " , " " ); gsub ( "\ \)" , " " ); split($0,a," "); if ( split(a[1],b,"M") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[1],b,"K") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[2],b,"M") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[2],b,"K") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[3],b,"M") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[3],b,"K") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1];} } ###################### # Emit an output line when you find input that looks like this: # [Times: user=1.41 sys=0.08, real=0.24 secs] ###################### /\[Times/ { if (G1GC==1) { gsub ( "," , "" ); split($2,a,"="); UserTime=a[2]; split($3,a,"="); SysTime=a[2]; split($4,a,"="); RealTime=a[2]; print DateTime,SecondsSinceLaunch,IncrementalCount,FullCount,UserTime,SysTime,RealTime,BeforeSize,AfterSize,TotalSize; G1GC=0; } } The resulting summary is about 25X smaller that the original file, but still difficult for a human to digest. SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ... 2014-05-12T18:36:34.669-0700: 3985.744 561 0 0.57 0.06 0.16 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:34.839-0700: 3985.914 562 0 0.51 0.06 0.19 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.069-0700: 3986.144 563 0 0.60 0.04 0.27 1724416 1721344 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.354-0700: 3986.429 564 0 0.33 0.04 0.09 1725440 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.545-0700: 3986.620 565 0 0.58 0.04 0.17 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.726-0700: 3986.801 566 0 0.43 0.05 0.12 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.856-0700: 3986.930 567 0 0.30 0.04 0.07 1726464 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.947-0700: 3987.023 568 0 0.61 0.04 0.26 1727488 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:36.228-0700: 3987.302 569 0 0.46 0.04 0.16 1731584 1724416 9437184 Reading the Data into R Once the GC log data had been cleansed, either by processing the first format with the shell script, or by processing the second format with the awk script, it was easy to read the data into R. g1gc.df = read.csv("summary.txt", row.names = NULL, stringsAsFactors=FALSE,sep="") str(g1gc.df) ## 'data.frame': 8307 obs. of 10 variables: ## $ row.names : chr "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ... ## $ SecondsSinceLaunch: num 1.16 1.47 1.97 3.83 6.1 ... ## $ IncrementalCount : int 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ... ## $ FullCount : int 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... ## $ UserTime : num 0.11 0.05 0.04 0.21 0.08 0.26 0.31 0.33 0.34 0.56 ... ## $ SysTime : num 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.01 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.09 ... ## $ RealTime : num 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.06 ... ## $ BeforeSize : int 8192 5496 5768 22528 24576 43008 34816 53248 55296 93184 ... ## $ AfterSize : int 1400 1672 2557 4907 7072 14336 16384 18432 19456 21504 ... ## $ TotalSize : int 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 ... head(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 1 2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700: 1.161 0 ## 2 2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700: 1.472 1 ## 3 2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700: 1.969 2 ## 4 2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700: 3.830 3 ## 5 2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700: 6.103 4 ## 6 2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700: 9.720 5 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 1 0 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 9437184 ## 2 0 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 9437184 ## 3 0 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 9437184 ## 4 0 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 9437184 ## 5 0 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 9437184 ## 6 0 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 9437184 Basic Statistics Once the data has been read into R, simple statistics are very easy to generate. All of the numbers from high school statistics are available via simple commands. For example, generate a summary of every column: summary(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## Length:8307 Min. : 1 Min. : 0 Min. : 0.0 ## Class :character 1st Qu.: 9977 1st Qu.:2048 1st Qu.: 0.0 ## Mode :character Median :12855 Median :4136 Median : 12.0 ## Mean :12527 Mean :4156 Mean : 31.6 ## 3rd Qu.:15758 3rd Qu.:6262 3rd Qu.: 61.0 ## Max. :55484 Max. :8391 Max. :113.0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize ## Min. :0.040 Min. :0.0000 Min. : 0.0 Min. : 5476 ## 1st Qu.:0.470 1st Qu.:0.0300 1st Qu.: 0.1 1st Qu.:5137920 ## Median :0.620 Median :0.0300 Median : 0.1 Median :6574080 ## Mean :0.751 Mean :0.0355 Mean : 0.3 Mean :5841855 ## 3rd Qu.:0.920 3rd Qu.:0.0400 3rd Qu.: 0.2 3rd Qu.:7084032 ## Max. :3.370 Max. :1.5600 Max. :488.1 Max. :8696832 ## AfterSize TotalSize ## Min. : 1380 Min. :9437184 ## 1st Qu.:5002752 1st Qu.:9437184 ## Median :6559744 Median :9437184 ## Mean :5785454 Mean :9437184 ## 3rd Qu.:7054336 3rd Qu.:9437184 ## Max. :8482816 Max. :9437184 Q: What is the total amount of User CPU time spent in garbage collection? sum(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 6236 As you can see, less than two hours of CPU time was spent in garbage collection. Is that too much? To find the percentage of time spent in garbage collection, divide the number above by total_elapsed_time*CPU_count. In this case, there are a lot of CPU’s and it turns out the the overall amount of CPU time spent in garbage collection isn’t a problem when viewed in isolation. When calculating rates, i.e. events per unit time, you need to ask yourself if the rate is homogenous across the time period in the log file. Does the log file include spikes of high activity that should be separately analyzed? Averaging in data from nights and weekends with data from business hours may alias problems. If you have a reason to suspect that the garbage collection rates include peaks and valleys that need independent analysis, see the “Time Series” section, below. Q: How much garbage is collected on each pass? The amount of heap space that is recovered per GC pass is surprisingly low: At least one collection didn’t recover any data. (“Min.=0”) 25% of the passes recovered 3MB or less. (“1st Qu.=3072”) Half of the GC passes recovered 4MB or less. (“Median=4096”) The average amount recovered was 56MB. (“Mean=56390”) 75% of the passes recovered 36MB or less. (“3rd Qu.=36860”) At least one pass recovered 2GB. (“Max.=2121000”) g1gc.df$Delta = g1gc.df$BeforeSize - g1gc.df$AfterSize summary(g1gc.df$Delta) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0 3070 4100 56400 36900 2120000 Q: What is the maximum User CPU time for a single collection? The worst garbage collection (“Max.”) is many standard deviations away from the mean. The data appears to be right skewed. summary(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0.040 0.470 0.620 0.751 0.920 3.370 sd(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 0.3966 Basic Graphics Once the data is in R, it is trivial to plot the data with formats including dot plots, line charts, bar charts (simple, stacked, grouped), pie charts, boxplots, scatter plots histograms, and kernel density plots. Histogram of User CPU Time per Collection I don't think that this graph requires any explanation. hist(g1gc.df$UserTime, main="User CPU Time per Collection", xlab="Seconds", ylab="Frequency") Box plot to identify outliers When the initial data is viewed with a box plot, you can see the one crazy outlier in the real time per GC. Save this data point for future analysis and drop the outlier so that it’s not throwing off our statistics. Now the box plot shows many outliers, which will be examined later, using times series analysis. Notice that the scale of the x-axis changes drastically once the crazy outlier is removed. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(dominated by a crazy outlier)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") crazy.outlier.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime > 400,] g1gc.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime < 400,] boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(crazy outlier excluded)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Here is the crazy outlier for future analysis: crazy.outlier.df ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 8233 2014-05-12T23:15:43.903-0700: 20741 8316 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 8233 112 0.55 0.42 488.1 8381440 8235008 9437184 ## Delta ## 8233 146432 R Time Series Data To analyze the garbage collection as a time series, I’ll use Z’s Ordered Observations (zoo). “zoo is the creator for an S3 class of indexed totally ordered observations which includes irregular time series.” require(zoo) ## Loading required package: zoo ## ## Attaching package: 'zoo' ## ## The following objects are masked from 'package:base': ## ## as.Date, as.Date.numeric head(g1gc.df[,1]) ## [1] "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" ## [3] "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ## [5] "2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700:" options("digits.secs"=3) times=as.POSIXct( g1gc.df[,1], format="%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%OS%z:") g1gc.z = zoo(g1gc.df[,-c(1)], order.by=times) head(g1gc.z) ## SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 1.161 0 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 1.472 1 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 1.969 2 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 3.830 3 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 6.103 4 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9.720 5 0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 ## TotalSize Delta ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 9437184 6792 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 9437184 3824 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 9437184 3211 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 9437184 17621 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 9437184 17504 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9437184 28672 Example of Two Benchmark Runs in One Log File The data in the following graph is from a different log file, not the one of primary interest to this article. I’m including this image because it is an example of idle periods followed by busy periods. It would be uninteresting to average the rate of garbage collection over the entire log file period. More interesting would be the rate of garbage collect in the two busy periods. Are they the same or different? Your production data may be similar, for example, bursts when employees return from lunch and idle times on weekend evenings, etc. Once the data is in an R Time Series, you can analyze isolated time windows. Clipping the Time Series data Flashing back to our test case… Viewing the data as a time series is interesting. You can see that the work intensive time period is between 9:00 PM and 3:00 AM. Lets clip the data to the interesting period:     par(mfrow=c(2,1)) plot(g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Complete Log File", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") clipped.g1gc.z=window(g1gc.z, start=as.POSIXct("2014-05-12 21:00:00"), end=as.POSIXct("2014-05-13 03:00:00")) plot(clipped.g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Limited to Benchmark Execution", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count Here is the cumulative incremental and full GC count. When the line is very steep, it indicates that the GCs are repeating very quickly. Notice that the scale on the Y axis is different for full vs. incremental. plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c(2:3)], main="Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count", xlab="Time of Day", col="#1b9e77") GC Analysis of Benchmark Execution using Time Series data In the following series of 3 graphs: The “After Size” show the amount of heap space in use after each garbage collection. Many Java objects are still referenced, i.e. alive, during each garbage collection. This may indicate that the application has a memory leak, or may indicate that the application has a very large memory footprint. Typically, an application's memory footprint plateau's in the early stage of execution. One would expect this graph to have a flat top. The steep decline in the heap space may indicate that the application crashed after 2:00. The second graph shows that the outliers in real execution time, discussed above, occur near 2:00. when the Java heap seems to be quite full. The third graph shows that Full GCs are infrequent during the first few hours of execution. The rate of Full GC's, (the slope of the cummulative Full GC line), changes near midnight.   plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","RealTime","FullCount")], xlab="Time of Day", col=c("#1b9e77","red","#1b9e77")) GC Analysis of heap recovered Each GC trace includes the amount of heap space in use before and after the individual GC event. During garbage coolection, unreferenced objects are identified, the space holding the unreferenced objects is freed, and thus, the difference in before and after usage indicates how much space has been freed. The following box plot and bar chart both demonstrate the same point - the amount of heap space freed per garbage colloection is surprisingly low. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", horizontal = TRUE, col="red") hist(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", breaks=100, col="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") This graph is the most interesting. The dark blue area shows how much heap is occupied by referenced Java objects. This represents memory that holds live data. The red fringe at the top shows how much data was recovered after each garbage collection. barplot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","Delta")], col=c("#7570b3","#e7298a"), xlab="Time of Day", border=NA) legend("topleft", c("Live Objects","Heap Recovered on GC"), fill=c("#7570b3","#e7298a")) box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") When I discuss the data in the log files with the customer, I will ask for an explaination for the large amount of referenced data resident in the Java heap. There are two are posibilities: There is a memory leak and the amount of space required to hold referenced objects will continue to grow, limited only by the maximum heap size. After the maximum heap size is reached, the JVM will throw an “Out of Memory” exception every time that the application tries to allocate a new object. If this is the case, the aplication needs to be debugged to identify why old objects are referenced when they are no longer needed. The application has a legitimate requirement to keep a large amount of data in memory. The customer may want to further increase the maximum heap size. Another possible solution would be to partition the application across multiple cluster nodes, where each node has responsibility for managing a unique subset of the data. Conclusion In conclusion, R is a very powerful tool for the analysis of Java garbage collection log files. The primary difficulty is data cleansing so that information can be read into an R data frame. Once the data has been read into R, a rich set of tools may be used for thorough evaluation.

    Read the article

  • Setting up Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on Apache2/Ubuntu: Virtual hosts?

    - by Dave
    I'm attempting to setup Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on my Apache server (which is running on Ubuntu). Thus far, I've been following a few tutorials/scripts supplied here, and here. As of now: Apache 2.2 is installed (accessible via 'localhost') Mono 2.10.5 is installed However, I'm struggling to configure Apache correctly... apparently the Virtual Host setting isn't doing its job and invoking the mod_mono plugin, nor is it even pulling source from the proper directory. While the Virtual Host setting points to '\srv\www\localhost', it clearly is pulling content instead from 'var/www/', which I've found is the default DocumentRoot for virtual hosts. I can confirm: "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" exists. Virtual hosts file is being read, since undoing the comment in the main httpd.conf changed the root directory from 'htdocs' to 'var/www/' The Mono installation is at least semi-capable of running ASP 4.0, as evidenced by running XSP, navigating to 0.0.0.0:8080/ and getting an ASP.NET style error page with "Mono ASP 4.0.x" at the bottom. Can anyone point out how to fix these configurations and get Mono linked up with Apache? Here are my configs and relevant information: /usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr/local/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/local/apache2/logs/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr/local/apache2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin david@localhost # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # ServerName localhost:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or 0 for unlimited # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges #MaxRanges 0 # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> * /usr/local/apache2/conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf * # # Virtual Hosts # # If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not # match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block. # <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName localhost ServerAdmin david@localhost DocumentRoot "/srv/www/localhost" # MonoServerPath can be changed to specify which version of ASP.NET is hosted # mod-mono-server1 = ASP.NET 1.1 / mod-mono-server2 = ASP.NET 2.0 # For SUSE Linux Enterprise Mono Extension, uncomment the line below: # MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/novell/mono/bin/mod-mono-server2" # For Mono on openSUSE, uncomment the line below instead: MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" # To obtain line numbers in stack traces you need to do two things: # 1) Enable Debug code generation in your page by using the Debug="true" # page directive, or by setting <compilation debug="true" /> in the # application's Web.config # 2) Uncomment the MonoDebug true directive below to enable mod_mono debugging MonoDebug localhost true # The MONO_IOMAP environment variable can be configured to provide platform abstraction # for file access in Linux. Valid values for MONO_IOMAP are: # case # drive # all # Uncomment the line below to alter file access behavior for the configured application MonoSetEnv localhost PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/bin:$PATH;LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH; # # Additional environtment variables can be set for this server instance using # the MonoSetEnv directive. MonoSetEnv takes a string of 'name=value' pairs # separated by semicolons. For instance, to enable platform abstraction *and* # use Mono's old regular expression interpreter (which is slower, but has a # shorter setup time), uncomment the line below instead: # MonoSetEnv localhost MONO_IOMAP=all;MONO_OLD_RX=1 MonoApplications localhost "/:/srv/www/localhost" <Location "/"> Allow from all Order allow,deny MonoSetServerAlias localhost SetHandler mono SetOutputFilter DEFLATE SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI "\.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$" no-gzip dont-vary </Location> <IfModule mod_deflate.c> AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE text/html text/plain text/xml text/javascript </IfModule> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host.example.com" ServerName dummy-host.example.com ServerAlias www.dummy-host.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host2.example.com" ServerName dummy-host2.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> mono -V output: root@david-ubuntu:~# mono -V Mono JIT compiler version 2.6.7 (Debian 2.6.7-5ubuntu3) Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Novell, Inc and Contributors. www.mono-project.com TLS: __thread GC: Included Boehm (with typed GC and Parallel Mark) SIGSEGV: altstack Notifications: epoll Architecture: amd64 Disabled: none

    Read the article

  • Replacing instructions in a method's MethodBody

    - by Alix
    Hi, (First of all, this is a very lengthy post, but don't worry: I've already implemented all of it, I'm just asking your opinion.) I'm having trouble implementing the following; I'd appreciate some help: I get a Type as parameter. I define a subclass using reflection. Notice that I don't intend to modify the original type, but create a new one. I create a property per field of the original class, like so: public class OriginalClass { private int x; } public class Subclass : OriginalClass { private int x; public int X { get { return x; } set { x = value; } } } For every method of the superclass, I create an analogous method in the subclass. The method's body must be the same except that I replace the instructions ldfld x with callvirt this.get_X, that is, instead of reading from the field directly I call the get accessor. I'm having trouble with step 4. I know you're not supposed to manipulate code like this, but I really need to. Here's what I've tried: Attempt #1: Use Mono.Cecil. This would allow me to parse the body of the method into human-readable Instructions, and easily replace instructions. However, the original type isn't in a .dll file, so I can't find a way to load it with Mono.Cecil. Writing the type to a .dll, then load it, then modify it and write the new type to disk (which I think is the way you create a type with Mono.Cecil), and then load it seems like a huge overhead. Attempt #2: Use Mono.Reflection. This would also allow me to parse the body into Instructions, but then I have no support for replacing instructions. I've implemented a very ugly and inefficient solution using Mono.Reflection, but it doesn't yet support methods that contain try-catch statements (although I guess I can implement this) and I'm concerned that there may be other scenarios in which it won't work, since I'm using the ILGenerator in a somewhat unusual way. Also, it's very ugly ;). Here's what I've done: private void TransformMethod(MethodInfo methodInfo) { // Create a method with the same signature. ParameterInfo[] paramList = methodInfo.GetParameters(); Type[] args = new Type[paramList.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < args.Length; i++) { args[i] = paramList[i].ParameterType; } MethodBuilder methodBuilder = typeBuilder.DefineMethod( methodInfo.Name, methodInfo.Attributes, methodInfo.ReturnType, args); ILGenerator ilGen = methodBuilder.GetILGenerator(); // Declare the same local variables as in the original method. IList<LocalVariableInfo> locals = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().LocalVariables; foreach (LocalVariableInfo local in locals) { ilGen.DeclareLocal(local.LocalType); } // Get readable instructions. IList<Instruction> instructions = methodInfo.GetInstructions(); // I first need to define labels for every instruction in case I // later find a jump to that instruction. Once the instruction has // been emitted I cannot label it, so I'll need to do it in advance. // Since I'm doing a first pass on the method's body anyway, I could // instead just create labels where they are truly needed, but for // now I'm using this quick fix. Dictionary<int, Label> labels = new Dictionary<int, Label>(); foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { labels[instr.Offset] = ilGen.DefineLabel(); } foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { // Mark this instruction with a label, in case there's a branch // instruction that jumps here. ilGen.MarkLabel(labels[instr.Offset]); // If this is the instruction that I want to replace (ldfld x)... if (instr.OpCode == OpCodes.Ldfld) { // ...get the get accessor for the accessed field (get_X()) // (I have the accessors in a dictionary; this isn't relevant), MethodInfo safeReadAccessor = dataMembersSafeAccessors[((FieldInfo) instr.Operand).Name][0]; // ...instead of emitting the original instruction (ldfld x), // emit a call to the get accessor, ilGen.Emit(OpCodes.Callvirt, safeReadAccessor); // Else (it's any other instruction), reemit the instruction, unaltered. } else { Reemit(instr, ilGen, labels); } } } And here comes the horrible, horrible Reemit method: private void Reemit(Instruction instr, ILGenerator ilGen, Dictionary<int, Label> labels) { // If the instruction doesn't have an operand, emit the opcode and return. if (instr.Operand == null) { ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode); return; } // Else (it has an operand)... // If it's a branch instruction, retrieve the corresponding label (to // which we want to jump), emit the instruction and return. if (instr.OpCode.FlowControl == FlowControl.Branch) { ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, labels[Int32.Parse(instr.Operand.ToString())]); return; } // Otherwise, simply emit the instruction. I need to use the right // Emit call, so I need to cast the operand to its type. Type operandType = instr.Operand.GetType(); if (typeof(byte).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (byte) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(double).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (double) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(float).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (float) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(int).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (int) instr.Operand); ... // you get the idea. This is a pretty long method, all like this. } Branch instructions are a special case because instr.Operand is SByte, but Emit expects an operand of type Label. Hence the need for the Dictionary labels. As you can see, this is pretty horrible. What's more, it doesn't work in all cases, for instance with methods that contain try-catch statements, since I haven't emitted them using methods BeginExceptionBlock, BeginCatchBlock, etc, of ILGenerator. This is getting complicated. I guess I can do it: MethodBody has a list of ExceptionHandlingClause that should contain the necessary information to do this. But I don't like this solution anyway, so I'll save this as a last-resort solution. Attempt #3: Go bare-back and just copy the byte array returned by MethodBody.GetILAsByteArray(), since I only want to replace a single instruction for another single instruction of the same size that produces the exact same result: it loads the same type of object on the stack, etc. So there won't be any labels shifting and everything should work exactly the same. I've done this, replacing specific bytes of the array and then calling MethodBuilder.CreateMethodBody(byte[], int), but I still get the same error with exceptions, and I still need to declare the local variables or I'll get an error... even when I simply copy the method's body and don't change anything. So this is more efficient but I still have to take care of the exceptions, etc. Sigh. Here's the implementation of attempt #3, in case anyone is interested: private void TransformMethod(MethodInfo methodInfo, Dictionary<string, MethodInfo[]> dataMembersSafeAccessors, ModuleBuilder moduleBuilder) { ParameterInfo[] paramList = methodInfo.GetParameters(); Type[] args = new Type[paramList.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < args.Length; i++) { args[i] = paramList[i].ParameterType; } MethodBuilder methodBuilder = typeBuilder.DefineMethod( methodInfo.Name, methodInfo.Attributes, methodInfo.ReturnType, args); ILGenerator ilGen = methodBuilder.GetILGenerator(); IList<LocalVariableInfo> locals = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().LocalVariables; foreach (LocalVariableInfo local in locals) { ilGen.DeclareLocal(local.LocalType); } byte[] rawInstructions = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().GetILAsByteArray(); IList<Instruction> instructions = methodInfo.GetInstructions(); int k = 0; foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { if (instr.OpCode == OpCodes.Ldfld) { MethodInfo safeReadAccessor = dataMembersSafeAccessors[((FieldInfo) instr.Operand).Name][0]; // Copy the opcode: Callvirt. byte[] bytes = toByteArray(OpCodes.Callvirt.Value); for (int m = 0; m < OpCodes.Callvirt.Size; m++) { rawInstructions[k++] = bytes[put.Length - 1 - m]; } // Copy the operand: the accessor's metadata token. bytes = toByteArray(moduleBuilder.GetMethodToken(safeReadAccessor).Token); for (int m = instr.Size - OpCodes.Ldfld.Size - 1; m >= 0; m--) { rawInstructions[k++] = bytes[m]; } // Skip this instruction (do not replace it). } else { k += instr.Size; } } methodBuilder.CreateMethodBody(rawInstructions, rawInstructions.Length); } private static byte[] toByteArray(int intValue) { byte[] intBytes = BitConverter.GetBytes(intValue); if (BitConverter.IsLittleEndian) Array.Reverse(intBytes); return intBytes; } private static byte[] toByteArray(short shortValue) { byte[] intBytes = BitConverter.GetBytes(shortValue); if (BitConverter.IsLittleEndian) Array.Reverse(intBytes); return intBytes; } (I know it isn't pretty. Sorry. I put it quickly together to see if it would work.) I don't have much hope, but can anyone suggest anything better than this? Sorry about the extremely lengthy post, and thanks.

    Read the article

  • CSS Hidden DIV Scroll to view

    - by Dasa
    <DIV CLASS="fact" ID="xnews-4" > <DIV CLASS="storyheadline"> <DIV CLASS="vote up"><A ID="xvotes-4" HREF="javascript:vote(0,258160,4,'f3d3d9c1885fb8508bdbde825d0dfd6e',10)">1</A><A ID="xvote-4" HREF="javascript:vote(0,258160,4,'f3d3d9c1885fb8508bdbde825d0dfd6e',10)"><strong>Vote</strong></A> </DIV> <DIV CLASS="title" ID="title-4"><H2><A HREF="/story.php?title=this-article-is-about-the-song">This article is about the song.</A></H2> </DIV> </DIV> <DIV CLASS="storycontent subtext hidden" ID="plus4" style="display: none;"> <DIV>Posted by <A HREF="/user.php?login=fact-o-matic">fact-o-matic</A> 2 minutes ago | Source: Editorial<SPAN ID="ls_adminlinks-4" style="display:none"> </SPAN> </DIV> <DIV> <DIV CLASS="floatleft"> <A HREF="/story.php?title=this-article-is-about-the-song"> Read More</A>&nbsp;|<SPAN ID="ls_comments_url-4"> <SPAN CLASS="linksummaryDiscuss"><A HREF="/story.php?title=this-article-is-about-the-song#discuss" CLASS="comments">Discuss</A></SPAN></SPAN> <SPAN ID="xreport-4"><SPAN CLASS="linksummaryBury">| <A HREF="javascript:vote(0,258160,4,'f3d3d9c1885fb8508bdbde825d0dfd6e',-10)">Bury</A></SPAN></SPAN> |&nbsp; <span id="emailto-4" style="display:none"></span><span id="linksummaryAddLink"> <a href="javascript://" onclick="var replydisplay=document.getElementById('addto-4').style.display ? '' : 'none';document.getElementById('addto-4').style.display = replydisplay;"> Add To</a>&nbsp; </span> <span id="addto-4" style="display:none"> <div style="position:absolute;display:block;background:#fff;padding:10px;margin:10px 0 0 100px;font-size:12px;border:2px solid #000;"> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to del.icio.us" href="http://del.icio.us/post" onclick="window.open('http://del.icio.us/post?v=4&amp;noui&amp;jump=close&amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&amp;title=This+article+is+about+the+song.', '','toolbar=no,width=700,height=400'); return false;"><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/delicious.png" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to del.icio.us" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to digg" href="http://digg.com/submit?phase=2&amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&amp;title=This article is about the song.&amp;bodytext="><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/digg.png" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to digg" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to reddit" href="http://reddit.com/submit?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&amp;title=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/reddit.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to reddit" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to facebook" href="http://www.facebook.com/sharer.php?u=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&t=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/facebook.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to facebook" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to technorati" href="http://www.technorati.com/faves?add=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song"><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/technorati.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to technorati" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to slashdot" href="http://slashdot.org/bookmark.pl?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&title=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/slashdot.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to slashdot" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to Stumbleupon" href="http://www.stumbleupon.com/submit?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&amp;title=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/icon-stumbleupon.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to Stumbleupon" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to Windows Live" href="https://favorites.live.com/quickadd.aspx?url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&title=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/windowslive.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to Windows Live" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to squidoo" href="http://www.squidoo.com/lensmaster/bookmark?http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song"><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/squidoo.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to squidoo" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to yahoo" href="http://myweb2.search.yahoo.com/myresults/bookmarklet?u=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&amp;title=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/yahoomyweb.png" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to yahoo" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to google" href="http://www.google.com/bookmarks/mark?op=edit&bkmk=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&title=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/googlebookmarks.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to google" /></a> &nbsp;&nbsp;<a title="submit 'This article is about the song.' to ask" href=" http://myjeeves.ask.com/mysearch/BookmarkIt?v=1.2&t=webpages&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.factmeme.com%2Fstory.php%3Ftitle%3Dthis-article-is-about-the-song&title=This article is about the song."><img src="http://www.factmeme.com/modules/social_bookmark/images/ask.gif" border="0" alt="submit 'This article is about the song.' to ask" /></a> <hr /> <p style="font-size:16px;font-weight:bold;margin:0px;">Story URL</p> <script type="text/javascript"> function select_all() { var text_val=eval("document.storyurl.thisurl"); text_val.focus(); text_val.select(); } </script> <form name="storyurl"><input type="text" name="thisurl" size="92" onClick="select_all();" value="http://www.factmeme.com/story.php?title=this-article-is-about-the-song"></form> </div> </span> </DIV> <DIV CLASS="floatright"> <A HREF="/index.php?category=culture">Culture</A> | <A HREF="/search.php?search=Olavi&amp;tag=true">Olavi</A> <A HREF="/search.php?search=Olavi&amp;tag=true">All</A> </DIV> </DIV></DIV> <DIV CLASS="more show"></DIV> </DIV> when I click on the add to, a box is supposed to popup with options to add the story to other websites The problem is that nothing appears to happen, even though something is actually happening, the only way to see the add too box is to click on scroll to view in inspect element in firefox and even then the box appears in the wrong place I am almost certain that it is a positioning conflict but I cant work it out How can I fix it

    Read the article

  • Obj-msg-send error in numberOfSectionsInTableView

    - by mukeshpawar
    import "AddBillerCategoryViewController.h" import "Globals.h" import "AddBillerViewController.h" import "AddBillerListViewController.h" import"KlinnkAppDelegate.h" @implementation AddBillerCategoryViewController @synthesize REASON, RESPVAR, currentAttribute,tbldata,strOptions; // This recipe adds a title for each section //Initialize the table view controller with the grouped style (AddBillerCategoryViewController *) init { if (self = [super initWithStyle:UITableViewStyleGrouped]);// self.title = @"Crayon Colors"; return self; } -(void)showBack { [[self navigationController] pushViewController:[[AddBillerViewController alloc] init] animated:YES]; } (void)navigationController:(UINavigationController *)navigationController willShowViewController:(UIViewController *)viewController animated:(BOOL)animated { if ([viewController isKindOfClass:[AddBillerCategoryViewController class]]) { AddBillerCategoryViewController *controller = (AddBillerCategoryViewController *)viewController; [controller.tbldata reloadData]; } } (void)viewDidLoad { appDelegate = (KlinnkAppDelegate *)[[UIApplication sharedApplication] delegate]; appDelegate.catListArray.count; // Uncomment the following line to display an Edit button in the navigation bar for this view controller. // self.navigationItem.rightBarButtonItem = self.editButtonItem; //self.navigationItem.leftBarButtonItem = [[[UIBarButtonItem alloc] // initWithTitle:@"Back" // style:UIBarButtonItemStylePlain // target:self // action:@selector(showBack)] autorelease]; if(gotOK == 0) { //self.navigationItem.leftBarButtonItem.enabled = FALSE; dt = [[DateTime alloc] init]; strChannelID = @"IGLOO|MOBILE"; strDateTime = [dt findDateTime]; strTemp = [dt findSessionTime]; strSessionID = [appDelegate.KMobile stringByAppendingString:strTemp]; strResponseURL = @"http://115.113.110.139/Test/CbbpServerRequestHandler"; strResponseVar = @"serverResponseXML"; strRequestType = @"GETCATEGORY"; NSLog(@"Current Session id - %@", strSessionID); //conn = [[NSURLConnection alloc] init]; receivedData = [[NSMutableData data] retain]; //.................... currentAttribute = [[NSMutableString alloc] init]; // create XMl xmlData = [[NSData alloc] init]; xmlData = [self createXML]; // XMl has been created now convert it in to string xmlString = [[NSString alloc] initWithData:xmlData encoding:NSASCIIStringEncoding]; // Ataching other infromatin to he xml parameterString = [[NSString alloc] initWithString:@"mobileRequestXML="]; requestString = [[NSString alloc] init]; requestString = [parameterString stringByAppendingString:xmlString]; // give space betn two element. requestString = [requestString stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"<" withString:@" <"]; // Initalizing other parameters postData = [requestString dataUsingEncoding:NSASCIIStringEncoding allowLossyConversion:YES]; postLength = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[postData length]]; firstRequest = [[[NSMutableURLRequest alloc] init] autorelease]; REASON = [[NSMutableString alloc] init]; RESPVAR = [[NSMutableString alloc] init]; NSLog(@"\n \n Sending for 1st time........\n"); [self sendRequest]; NSLog(@"\n \n Sending for 2nd time........\n"); [self sendRequest]; NSLog(@"\n \n both request send........\n \n "); } //[tbldata reloadData]; [self retain]; [super viewDidLoad]; } -(void)sendRequest { finished = FALSE; NSLog(@"\n Sending Request \n\n %@", requestString); conn = [[NSURLConnection alloc] init]; if(gotOK == 0) [firstRequest setURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://115.113.110.139/Test/CbbpMobileRequestHandler"]]; if(gotOK == 1) { [firstRequest setURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://115.113.110.139//secure"]]; gotOK = 2; } [firstRequest setHTTPMethod:@"POST"]; [firstRequest setValue:postLength forHTTPHeaderField:@"Content-Length"]; [firstRequest setValue:@"application/x-www-form-urlencoded" forHTTPHeaderField:@"Content-Type"]; [firstRequest setHTTPBody:postData]; conn = [conn initWithRequest:firstRequest delegate:self startImmediately:YES]; [conn start]; while(!finished) { [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] runMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode beforeDate:[NSDate distantFuture]]; } if (conn) { //receivedData = [[NSMutableData data] retain]; NSLog(@"\n\n Received %d bytes of data",[receivedData length]); } else { NSLog(@"\n Not responding"); } } (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didReceiveResponse:(NSURLResponse *)response { NSLog(@" \n Send didReciveResponse"); [receivedData setLength:0]; } (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didReceiveData:(NSData *)data { NSLog(@" \n Send didReciveData"); [receivedData appendData:data]; } (void)connectionDidFinishLoading:(NSURLConnection *)connection { finished = TRUE; NSLog(@" \n Send didFinishLaunching"); // do something with the data // receivedData is declared as a method instance elsewhere NSLog(@"\n\n Succeeded! DIDFINISH Received %d bytes of data\n\n ",[receivedData length]); NSString *aStr = [[NSString alloc] initWithData:receivedData encoding:NSASCIIStringEncoding]; NSLog(aStr); //[conn release]; if([aStr isEqualToString:@"OK"]) gotOK = 1; NSLog(@" Value of gotOK - %d", gotOK); if(gotOK == 2) { responseData = [aStr dataUsingEncoding:NSASCIIStringEncoding allowLossyConversion:YES]; parser = [[NSXMLParser alloc] initWithData:responseData]; [parser setDelegate:self]; NSLog(@"\n start parsing"); [parser parse]; NSLog(@"\n PArsing over"); NSLog(@"\n check U / S and the RESVAR is - %@",RESPVAR); NSRange textRange; textRange =[aStr rangeOfString:@"<"]; if(textRange.location != NSNotFound) { if([RESPVAR isEqualToString:@"U"]) { self.navigationItem.rightBarButtonItem.enabled = TRUE; self.navigationItem.leftBarButtonItem.enabled = TRUE; NSLog(@" \n U......."); UIAlertView *alert = [[UIAlertView alloc] initWithTitle:@"Error" message:REASON delegate:self cancelButtonTitle:nil otherButtonTitles:@"OK", nil]; [alert show]; [alert release]; } if([RESPVAR isEqualToString:@"S"]) { NSLog(@"\n S........"); [[self navigationController] pushViewController:[[AddBillerCategoryViewController alloc] init] animated:YES]; //[self viewDidLoad]; //[tbldata reloadData]; } } else { UIAlertView *alert = [[UIAlertView alloc] initWithTitle:@"Connection Problem" message:@"Enable to process your request at this time. Please try again." delegate:self cancelButtonTitle:nil otherButtonTitles:@"OK", nil]; [alert show]; [alert release]; //self.navigationItem.leftBarButtonItem.enabled = TRUE; } } NSLog(@"\n Last line of connectionDidFinish "); //[tableView reloadData]; } -(NSData *)createXML { NSString *strXmlNode = @" channel alliaceid session reqtype responseurl responsevar "; NSString *tempchannel = [strXmlNode stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"channel" withString:strChannelID options:NSBackwardsSearch range:NSMakeRange(0, [strXmlNode length])]; NSString *tempalliance = [tempchannel stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"alliaceid" withString:@"WALLET365" options:NSBackwardsSearch range:NSMakeRange(0, [tempchannel length])]; NSString *tempsession = [tempalliance stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"session" withString:strSessionID options:NSBackwardsSearch range:NSMakeRange(0, [tempalliance length])]; NSString *tempreqtype = [tempsession stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"reqtype" withString:strRequestType options:NSBackwardsSearch range:NSMakeRange(0,[tempsession length])]; NSString *tempresponseurl = [tempreqtype stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"responseurl" withString:strResponseURL options:NSBackwardsSearch range:NSMakeRange(0, [tempreqtype length])]; NSString *tempresponsevar = [tempresponseurl stringByReplacingOccurrencesOfString:@"responsevar" withString:strResponseVar options:NSBackwardsSearch range:NSMakeRange(0,[tempresponseurl length])]; NSData *data= [[NSString stringWithString:tempresponsevar] dataUsingEncoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]; return data; } (void)parser:(NSXMLParser *)parser didStartElement:(NSString *)elementName namespaceURI:(NSString *)namespaceURI qualifiedName:(NSString *)qName attributes:(NSDictionary *)attributeDict { if([elementName isEqualToString:@"RESPVAL"]) currentAttribute = [NSMutableString string]; if([elementName isEqualToString:@"REASON"]) currentAttribute = [NSMutableString string]; if([elementName isEqualToString:@"COUNT"]) currentAttribute = [NSMutableString string]; if([elementName isEqualToString:@"CATNAME"]) currentAttribute = [NSMutableString string]; } (void)parser:(NSXMLParser *)parser didEndElement:(NSString *)elementName namespaceURI:(NSString *)namespaceURI qualifiedName:(NSString *)qName { if([elementName isEqualToString:@"RESPVAL"]) { [RESPVAR setString:currentAttribute]; //NSLog(@"\n Response VAR - %@", RESPVAR); } if([elementName isEqualToString:@"REASON"]) { [REASON setString:currentAttribute]; //NSLog(@"\n Reason - %@", REASON); } if([elementName isEqualToString:@"COUNT"]) { NSString *temp1 = [[NSString alloc] init]; temp1 = [temp1 stringByAppendingString:currentAttribute]; catCount = [temp1 intValue]; [temp1 release]; //NSLog(@"\n Cat Count - %d", catCount); } if([elementName isEqualToString:@"CATNAME"]) { [appDelegate.catListArray addObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:currentAttribute]]; //NSLog(@"%@", appDelegate.catListArray); } } (void)parser:(NSXMLParser *)parser foundCharacters:(NSString *)string { if(self.currentAttribute) [self.currentAttribute setString:string]; } /* (void)viewWillAppear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewWillAppear:animated]; } */ /* (void)viewDidAppear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewDidAppear:animated]; } */ /* (void)viewWillDisappear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewWillDisappear:animated]; } */ /* (void)viewDidDisappear:(BOOL)animated { [super viewDidDisappear:animated]; } */ /* // Override to allow orientations other than the default portrait orientation. (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { // Return YES for supported orientations return (interfaceOrientation == UIInterfaceOrientationPortrait); } */ (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; // Releases the view if it doesn't have a superview // Release anything that's not essential, such as cached data } pragma mark Table view methods -(NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView { return 1; } // Customize the number of rows in the table view. -(NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section { KlinnkAppDelegate *appDelegated = (KlinnkAppDelegate *)[[UIApplication sharedApplication] delegate]; return appDelegated.catListArray.count; } // Customize the appearance of table view cells. (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { static NSString *CellIdentifier = @"Cell"; UITableViewCell *cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:CellIdentifier]; if (cell == nil) { cell = [[[UITableViewCell alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectZero reuseIdentifier:CellIdentifier] autorelease]; } // Set up the cell... AddBillerCategoryViewController *mbvc = (AddBillerCategoryViewController *)[appDelegate.catListArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]; [cell setText:mbvc.strOptions]; return cell; } (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView didSelectRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { // Navigation logic may go here. Create and push another view controller. // AnotherViewController *anotherViewController = [[AnotherViewController alloc] initWithNibName:@"AnotherView" bundle:nil]; // [self.navigationController pushViewController:anotherViewController]; // [anotherViewController release]; gotOK = 0; int j = indexPath.row; appDelegate.catName = [[NSString alloc] init]; appDelegate.catName = [appDelegate.catName stringByAppendingString:[appDelegate.catListArray objectAtIndex:j]]; [[self navigationController] pushViewController:[[AddBillerListViewController alloc] init] animated:YES]; } /* // Override to support conditional editing of the table view. (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView canEditRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { // Return NO if you do not want the specified item to be editable. return YES; } */ /* // Override to support editing the table view. (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView commitEditingStyle:(UITableViewCellEditingStyle)editingStyle forRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { if (editingStyle == UITableViewCellEditingStyleDelete) { // Delete the row from the data source [tableView deleteRowsAtIndexPaths:[NSArray arrayWithObject:indexPath] withRowAnimation:YES]; } else if (editingStyle == UITableViewCellEditingStyleInsert) { // Create a new instance of the appropriate class, insert it into the array, and add a new row to the table view } } */ /* // Override to support rearranging the table view. (void)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView moveRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)fromIndexPath toIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)toIndexPath { } */ /* // Override to support conditional rearranging of the table view. (BOOL)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView canMoveRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { // Return NO if you do not want the item to be re-orderable. return YES; } */ (void)dealloc { [REASON release]; [RESPVAR release]; [currentAttribute release]; [tbldata release]; [super dealloc]; } @end In the Above code .. numberOfSectionsInTableView ,i get error of obj-msg-send i have intialize the array catlist and even not released it anywhere still why i am getting this error please help me i am badly stuck' thanks in advacnce

    Read the article

  • Inserting instructions into method.

    - by Alix
    Hi, (First of all, this is a very lengthy post, but don't worry: I've already implemented all of it, I'm just asking your opinion.) I'm having trouble implementing the following; I'd appreciate some help: I get a Type as parameter. I define a subclass using reflection. Notice that I don't intend to modify the original type, but create a new one. I create a property per field of the original class, like so: [- ignore this text here; I had to add something or the formatting wouldn't work <-] public class OriginalClass { private int x; } public class Subclass : OriginalClass { private int x; public int X { get { return x; } set { x = value; } } } [This is number 4! Numbered lists don't work if you add code in between; sorry] For every method of the superclass, I create an analogous method in the subclass. The method's body must be the same except that I replace the instructions ldfld x with callvirt this.get_X, that is, instead of reading from the field directly I call the get accessor. I'm having trouble with step 4. I know you're not supposed to manipulate code like this, but I really need to. Here's what I've tried: Attempt #1: Use Mono.Cecil. This would allow me to parse the body of the method into human-readable Instructions, and easily replace instructions. However, the original type isn't in a .dll file, so I can't find a way to load it with Mono.Cecil. Writing the type to a .dll, then load it, then modify it and write the new type to disk (which I think is the way you create a type with Mono.Cecil), and then load it seems like a huge overhead. Attempt #2: Use Mono.Reflection. This would also allow me to parse the body into Instructions, but then I have no support for replacing instructions. I've implemented a very ugly and inefficient solution using Mono.Reflection, but it doesn't yet support methods that contain try-catch statements (although I guess I can implement this) and I'm concerned that there may be other scenarios in which it won't work, since I'm using the ILGenerator in a somewhat unusual way. Also, it's very ugly ;). Here's what I've done: private void TransformMethod(MethodInfo methodInfo) { // Create a method with the same signature. ParameterInfo[] paramList = methodInfo.GetParameters(); Type[] args = new Type[paramList.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < args.Length; i++) { args[i] = paramList[i].ParameterType; } MethodBuilder methodBuilder = typeBuilder.DefineMethod( methodInfo.Name, methodInfo.Attributes, methodInfo.ReturnType, args); ILGenerator ilGen = methodBuilder.GetILGenerator(); // Declare the same local variables as in the original method. IList<LocalVariableInfo> locals = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().LocalVariables; foreach (LocalVariableInfo local in locals) { ilGen.DeclareLocal(local.LocalType); } // Get readable instructions. IList<Instruction> instructions = methodInfo.GetInstructions(); // I first need to define labels for every instruction in case I // later find a jump to that instruction. Once the instruction has // been emitted I cannot label it, so I'll need to do it in advance. // Since I'm doing a first pass on the method's body anyway, I could // instead just create labels where they are truly needed, but for // now I'm using this quick fix. Dictionary<int, Label> labels = new Dictionary<int, Label>(); foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { labels[instr.Offset] = ilGen.DefineLabel(); } foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { // Mark this instruction with a label, in case there's a branch // instruction that jumps here. ilGen.MarkLabel(labels[instr.Offset]); // If this is the instruction that I want to replace (ldfld x)... if (instr.OpCode == OpCodes.Ldfld) { // ...get the get accessor for the accessed field (get_X()) // (I have the accessors in a dictionary; this isn't relevant), MethodInfo safeReadAccessor = dataMembersSafeAccessors[((FieldInfo) instr.Operand).Name][0]; // ...instead of emitting the original instruction (ldfld x), // emit a call to the get accessor, ilGen.Emit(OpCodes.Callvirt, safeReadAccessor); // Else (it's any other instruction), reemit the instruction, unaltered. } else { Reemit(instr, ilGen, labels); } } } And here comes the horrible, horrible Reemit method: private void Reemit(Instruction instr, ILGenerator ilGen, Dictionary<int, Label> labels) { // If the instruction doesn't have an operand, emit the opcode and return. if (instr.Operand == null) { ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode); return; } // Else (it has an operand)... // If it's a branch instruction, retrieve the corresponding label (to // which we want to jump), emit the instruction and return. if (instr.OpCode.FlowControl == FlowControl.Branch) { ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, labels[Int32.Parse(instr.Operand.ToString())]); return; } // Otherwise, simply emit the instruction. I need to use the right // Emit call, so I need to cast the operand to its type. Type operandType = instr.Operand.GetType(); if (typeof(byte).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (byte) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(double).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (double) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(float).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (float) instr.Operand); else if (typeof(int).IsAssignableFrom(operandType)) ilGen.Emit(instr.OpCode, (int) instr.Operand); ... // you get the idea. This is a pretty long method, all like this. } Branch instructions are a special case because instr.Operand is SByte, but Emit expects an operand of type Label. Hence the need for the Dictionary labels. As you can see, this is pretty horrible. What's more, it doesn't work in all cases, for instance with methods that contain try-catch statements, since I haven't emitted them using methods BeginExceptionBlock, BeginCatchBlock, etc, of ILGenerator. This is getting complicated. I guess I can do it: MethodBody has a list of ExceptionHandlingClause that should contain the necessary information to do this. But I don't like this solution anyway, so I'll save this as a last-resort solution. Attempt #3: Go bare-back and just copy the byte array returned by MethodBody.GetILAsByteArray(), since I only want to replace a single instruction for another single instruction of the same size that produces the exact same result: it loads the same type of object on the stack, etc. So there won't be any labels shifting and everything should work exactly the same. I've done this, replacing specific bytes of the array and then calling MethodBuilder.CreateMethodBody(byte[], int), but I still get the same error with exceptions, and I still need to declare the local variables or I'll get an error... even when I simply copy the method's body and don't change anything. So this is more efficient but I still have to take care of the exceptions, etc. Sigh. Here's the implementation of attempt #3, in case anyone is interested: private void TransformMethod(MethodInfo methodInfo, Dictionary<string, MethodInfo[]> dataMembersSafeAccessors, ModuleBuilder moduleBuilder) { ParameterInfo[] paramList = methodInfo.GetParameters(); Type[] args = new Type[paramList.Length]; for (int i = 0; i < args.Length; i++) { args[i] = paramList[i].ParameterType; } MethodBuilder methodBuilder = typeBuilder.DefineMethod( methodInfo.Name, methodInfo.Attributes, methodInfo.ReturnType, args); ILGenerator ilGen = methodBuilder.GetILGenerator(); IList<LocalVariableInfo> locals = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().LocalVariables; foreach (LocalVariableInfo local in locals) { ilGen.DeclareLocal(local.LocalType); } byte[] rawInstructions = methodInfo.GetMethodBody().GetILAsByteArray(); IList<Instruction> instructions = methodInfo.GetInstructions(); int k = 0; foreach (Instruction instr in instructions) { if (instr.OpCode == OpCodes.Ldfld) { MethodInfo safeReadAccessor = dataMembersSafeAccessors[((FieldInfo) instr.Operand).Name][0]; byte[] bytes = toByteArray(OpCodes.Callvirt.Value); for (int m = 0; m < OpCodes.Callvirt.Size; m++) { rawInstructions[k++] = bytes[put.Length - 1 - m]; } bytes = toByteArray(moduleBuilder.GetMethodToken(safeReadAccessor).Token); for (int m = instr.Size - OpCodes.Ldfld.Size - 1; m >= 0; m--) { rawInstructions[k++] = bytes[m]; } } else { k += instr.Size; } } methodBuilder.CreateMethodBody(rawInstructions, rawInstructions.Length); } private static byte[] toByteArray(int intValue) { byte[] intBytes = BitConverter.GetBytes(intValue); if (BitConverter.IsLittleEndian) Array.Reverse(intBytes); return intBytes; } private static byte[] toByteArray(short shortValue) { byte[] intBytes = BitConverter.GetBytes(shortValue); if (BitConverter.IsLittleEndian) Array.Reverse(intBytes); return intBytes; } (I know it isn't pretty. Sorry. I put it quickly together to see if it would work.) I don't have much hope, but can anyone suggest anything better than this? Sorry about the extremely lengthy post, and thanks.

    Read the article

  • getView only shows Flagged Backgrounds for drawn Views, It does not show Flagged Background when scroll to view more items on list

    - by Leoa
    I am trying to create a listview that receives a flagged list of items to indicate a status to the user. I have been able to create the flag display by using a yellow background (see image at bottom). In Theory, the flagged list can have many flagged items in it. However in my app, only the first three flagged backgrounds are shown. I believe this is because they are initially drawn to the screen. The Flagged background that are not drawn initially to the screen do not show. I'd like to know how to get the remaining flags to show in the list. ListView Recycling: The backgrounds in the listView are being recycled in getView(). This recycling goes from position 0 to position 9. I have flags that need to match at positions 13, 14 and so on. Those positions are not being displayed. listView.getCheckedItemPositions() for multiple selections: This method will not work in my case because the user will not selected the flags. The flags are coming from the server. setNotifyOnChange() and/or public virtual void SetNotifyOnChange (bool notifyOnChange): I'm not adding new data to the list, so I don't see how this method would work for my program. Does this method communicate to getview when it is recycling data? I was unable to find an answer to this in my research. public void registerDataSetObserver: This may be overkill for my problem, but is it possible to have an observer object that keeps track of the all the positions in my items list and in my flag list no matter if the view is recycled and match them on the screen? Code: package com.convention.notification.app; import java.util.Iterator; import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.List; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Context; import android.graphics.Color; import android.os.Bundle; import android.text.Html; import android.util.Log; import android.view.LayoutInflater; import android.view.View; import android.view.ViewGroup; import android.view.ViewParent; import android.widget.AdapterView; import android.widget.ArrayAdapter; import android.widget.TextView; public class NewsRowAdapter extends ArrayAdapter<Item> { private Activity activity; private List<Item> items; private Item objBean; private int row; private List<Integer> disable; View view ; int disableView; public NewsRowAdapter(Activity act, int resource, List<Item> arrayList, List<Integer> disableList) { super(act, resource, arrayList); this.activity = act; this.row = resource; this.items = arrayList; this.disable=disableList; System.out.println("results of delete list a:"+disable.toString()); } public int getCount() { return items.size(); } public Item getItem(int position) { return items.get(position); } public long getItemId(int position) { return position; } @Override public int getItemViewType(int position) { for(int k =0;k < disable.size();k++){ if(position==disable.get(k)){ //System.out.println( "is "+position+" value of disable "+disable.get(k)); disableView=disable.get(k); //AdapterView.getItemAtPosition(position); } } return position; } @Override public View getView(final int position, View convertView, ViewGroup parent) { View view = convertView; ViewHolder holder; if (view == null) { LayoutInflater inflater = (LayoutInflater) activity.getSystemService(Context.LAYOUT_INFLATER_SERVICE); view = inflater.inflate(row, null); getItemViewType(position); long id=getItemId(position); if(position==disableView){ view.setBackgroundColor(Color.YELLOW); System.out.println(" background set to yellow at position "+position +" disableView is at "+disableView); }else{ view.setBackgroundColor(Color.WHITE); System.out.println(" background set to white at position "+position +" disableView is at "+disableView); } //ViewHolder is a custom class that gets TextViews by name: tvName, tvCity, tvBDate, tvGender, tvAge; holder = new ViewHolder(); /* setTag Sets the tag associated with this view. A tag can be used to * mark a view in its hierarchy and does not have to be unique * within the hierarchy. Tags can also be used to store data within * a view without resorting to another data structure. */ view.setTag(holder); } else { //the Object stored in this view as a tag holder = (ViewHolder) view.getTag(); } if ((items == null) || ((position + 1) > items.size())) return view; objBean = items.get(position); holder.tv_event_name = (TextView) view.findViewById(R.id.tv_event_name); holder.tv_event_date = (TextView) view.findViewById(R.id.tv_event_date); holder.tv_event_start = (TextView) view.findViewById(R.id.tv_event_start); holder.tv_event_end = (TextView) view.findViewById(R.id.tv_event_end); holder.tv_event_location = (TextView) view.findViewById(R.id.tv_event_location); if (holder.tv_event_name != null && null != objBean.getName() && objBean.getName().trim().length() > 0) { holder.tv_event_name.setText(Html.fromHtml(objBean.getName())); } if (holder.tv_event_date != null && null != objBean.getDate() && objBean.getDate().trim().length() > 0) { holder.tv_event_date.setText(Html.fromHtml(objBean.getDate())); } if (holder.tv_event_start != null && null != objBean.getStartTime() && objBean.getStartTime().trim().length() > 0) { holder.tv_event_start.setText(Html.fromHtml(objBean.getStartTime())); } if (holder.tv_event_end != null && null != objBean.getEndTime() && objBean.getEndTime().trim().length() > 0) { holder.tv_event_end.setText(Html.fromHtml(objBean.getEndTime())); } if (holder.tv_event_location != null && null != objBean.getLocation () && objBean.getLocation ().trim().length() > 0) { holder.tv_event_location.setText(Html.fromHtml(objBean.getLocation ())); } return view; } public class ViewHolder { public TextView tv_event_name, tv_event_date, tv_event_start, tv_event_end, tv_event_location /*tv_event_delete_flag*/; } } Logcat: 06-12 20:54:12.058: I/System.out(493): item disalbed is at postion :0 06-12 20:54:12.058: I/System.out(493): item disalbed is at postion :4 06-12 20:54:12.069: I/System.out(493): item disalbed is at postion :5 06-12 20:54:12.069: I/System.out(493): item disalbed is at postion :13 06-12 20:54:12.069: I/System.out(493): item disalbed is at postion :14 06-12 20:54:12.069: I/System.out(493): item disalbed is at postion :17 06-12 20:54:12.069: I/System.out(493): results of delete list :[0, 4, 5, 13, 14, 17] 06-12 20:54:12.069: I/System.out(493): results of delete list a:[0, 4, 5, 13, 14, 17] 06-12 20:54:12.069: I/System.out(493): set adapaer to list view called; 06-12 20:54:12.128: I/System.out(493): background set to yellow at position 0 disableView is at 0 06-12 20:54:12.628: I/System.out(493): background set to white at position 1 disableView is at 0 06-12 20:54:12.678: I/System.out(493): background set to white at position 2 disableView is at 0 06-12 20:54:12.708: I/System.out(493): background set to white at position 3 disableView is at 0 06-12 20:54:12.738: I/System.out(493): background set to yellow at position 4 disableView is at 4 06-12 20:54:12.778: I/System.out(493): background set to yellow at position 5 disableView is at 5 06-12 20:54:12.808: I/System.out(493): background set to white at position 6 disableView is at 5 06-12 20:54:12.838: I/System.out(493): background set to white at position 7 disableView is at 5 This is a link to my first question a day ago: Change Background on a specific row based on a condition in Custom Adapter I appreciate your help!

    Read the article

  • Get 1 array from 2 arrays (using RestKit 0.20)

    - by Reez
    I'm using RestKit and was wondering how to combine two array's into one array. I already have the data being pulled in separately from API1 and API2, but I don't know how to combine them into 1 tableView. Each API is pulling in media, and I want the combined tableView to show the most recent media (like any standard timeline does these days). I will post any extra code or help as necessary, thanks so much! Below shows API1 + API2 being pulled in correctly, but not combined into the tableView. Only data from API1 shows in the tableView. ViewController.m @interface StackOverflowViewController () @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *hArray; @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *springs; @property (strong, nonatomic) RKObjectManager *eObjectManager; @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *iArray; @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *imagesArray; @property (strong, nonatomic) RKObjectManager *iObjectManager; // Wain @property (strong, nonatomic) NSMutableArray *tableDataList; // Laarme @property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableArray *contentArray; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter1; // Dan @property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableArray *combinedModel; @end @implementation StackOverflowViewController @synthesize tableView = _tableView; @synthesize spring; @synthesize leaf; @synthesize theme; @synthesize hArray; @synthesize springs; @synthesize eObjectManager; @synthesize iArray; @synthesize imagesArray; @synthesize iObjectManager; // Wain @synthesize tableDataList; // Laarme @synthesize contentArray; @synthesize dateFormatter1; // Dan @synthesize combinedModel; - (void)viewDidLoad { [super viewDidLoad]; // Do any additional setup after loading the view. [self configureRestKit]; [self loadMediaDan]; [self sortCombinedModel]; } - (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; // Dispose of any resources that can be recreated. } - (void)configureRestKit { // API1 // initialize AFNetworking HTTPClient NSURL *baseURLE = [NSURL URLWithString:@"https://api.e.com"]; AFHTTPClient *clientE = [[AFHTTPClient alloc] initWithBaseURL:baseURLE]; // initialize RestKit RKObjectManager *eManager = [[RKObjectManager alloc] initWithHTTPClient:clientE]; self.eObjectManager = eManager; // setup object mappings RKObjectMapping *feedMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Feed class]]; [feedMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"headline", @"premium", @"published", @"description"]]; RKObjectMapping *linksMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Links class]]; RKObjectMapping *webMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Web class]]; [webMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"href"]]; RKObjectMapping *mobileMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Mobile class]]; [mobileMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"href"]]; RKObjectMapping *imagesMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Images class]]; [imagesMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"height", @"width", @"url"]]; [feedMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"links" toKeyPath:@"links" withMapping:linksMapping]]; [feedMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"images" toKeyPath:@"images" withMapping:imagesMapping]]; [linksMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"web" toKeyPath:@"web" withMapping:webMapping]]; [linksMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"mobile" toKeyPath:@"mobile" withMapping:mobileMapping]]; // register mappings with the provider using a response descriptor RKResponseDescriptor *responseDescriptor = [RKResponseDescriptor responseDescriptorWithMapping:feedMapping method:RKRequestMethodGET pathPattern:nil keyPath:@"feed" statusCodes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:200]]; [self.eObjectManager addResponseDescriptor:responseDescriptor]; // API2 // initialize AFNetworking HTTPClient NSURL *baseURLI = [NSURL URLWithString:@"https://api.i.com"]; AFHTTPClient *clientI = [[AFHTTPClient alloc] initWithBaseURL:baseURLI]; // initialize RestKit RKObjectManager *iManager = [[RKObjectManager alloc] initWithHTTPClient:clientI]; self.iObjectManager = iManager; // setup object mappings RKObjectMapping *dataMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Data class]]; [dataMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"link", @"created_time"]]; RKObjectMapping *imagesMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[ImagesI class]]; [IMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@""]]; RKObjectMapping *standardResolutionMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[StandardResolution class]]; [standardResolutionMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"url", @"width", @"height"]]; RKObjectMapping *captionMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Caption class]]; [captionMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"text", @"created_time"]]; RKObjectMapping *userMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[User class]]; [userMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"username"]]; [dataMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"images" toKeyPath:@"images" withMapping:imagesMapping]]; [imagesMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"standard_resolution" toKeyPath:@"standard_resolution" withMapping:standardResolutionMapping]]; [dataMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"caption" toKeyPath:@"caption" withMapping:captionMapping]]; [dataMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"user" toKeyPath:@"user" withMapping:userMapping]]; // register mappings with the provider using a response descriptor RKResponseDescriptor *responseDescriptor2 = [RKResponseDescriptor responseDescriptorWithMapping:dataMapping method:RKRequestMethodGET pathPattern:nil keyPath:@"data" statusCodes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:200]]; [self.iObjectManager addResponseDescriptor:responseDescriptor2]; } - (void)loadMedia { // Laarme contentArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init]; [self sortByDates]; // API1 NSString *apikey = @kCLIENTKEY; NSDictionary *queryParams = @{@"apikey" : apikey,}; [self.eObjectManager getObjectsAtPath:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"v1/n/?limit=4&leafs=%@&themes=%@", leafAbbreviation, themeID] // Changed limit to 4 for the time being parameters:queryParams success:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, RKMappingResult *mappingResult) { hArray = mappingResult.array; [self.tableView reloadData]; } failure:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, NSError *error) { NSLog(@"No?: %@", error); }]; // API2 [self.iObjectManager getObjectsAtPath:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"v1/u/2/m/recent/?client_id=e999"] parameters:nil success:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, RKMappingResult *mappingResult) { iArray = mappingResult.array; [self.tableView reloadData]; } failure:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, NSError *error) { NSLog(@"No: %@", error); }]; } // Laarme - (void)sortByDates { NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter2 = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init]; //Do the dateFormatter settings, you may have to use 2 NSDateFormatters if the format is different for Data & Feed //The initialization of the dateFormatter is done before the block, because its alloc/init take some time, and you may have to declare it with "__block" //Since in your edit you do that and it seems it's the same format, just do @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDateFormatter dateFormatter; NSArray *sortedArray = [contentArray sortedArrayUsingComparator:^NSComparisonResult(id a, id b) { // Added Curly Braces around if else statements and used feedObject NSDate *aDate, *bDate; Feed *feedObject = (Feed *)a; Data *dataObject = (Data *)b; if ([a isKindOfClass:[Feed class]]) { //Feed *feedObject = (Feed *)a; aDate = [dateFormatter1 dateFromString:feedObject.published];} else { //if ([a isKindOfClass:[Data class]]) aDate = [dateFormatter2 dateFromString:dataObject.created_time];} if ([b isKindOfClass:[Feed class]]) { bDate = [dateFormatter1 dateFromString:feedObject.published];} else {//if ([b isKindOfClass:[Data class]]) bDate = [dateFormatter2 dateFromString:dataObject.created_time];} return [aDate compare:bDate]; }]; } #pragma mark - Table View - (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView { return 1; } - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section { // API1 //return hArray.count; // API2 //return iArray.count; // API1 + API2 return hArray.count + iArray.count; } - (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { UITableViewCell *cell; if(indexPath.row < hArray.count) { // Date Change NSDateFormatter *df = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init]; [df setDateFormat:@"MMMM d, yyyy h:mma"]; // API 1 TableViewCell *api1Cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:@"YourAPI1Cell"]; // Do everything you need to do with the api1Cell // Use the index in 'indexPath.row' to get the object from you array // API1 Feed *feedLocal = [hArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]; // API1 NSString *dateString = [self timeSincePublished:feedLocal.published]; NSString *headlineText = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", feedLocal.headline]; NSString *descriptionText = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", feedLocal.description]; NSString *premiumText = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", feedLocal.premium]; api1Cell.labelHeadline.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", headlineText]; api1Cell.labelPublished.text = dateString; api1Cell.labelDescription.text = descriptionText; // SDWebImage API1 if ([feedLocal.images count] == 0) { // Not sure anything needed here } else { Images *imageLocal = [feedLocal.images objectAtIndex:0]; NSString *imageURL = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", imageLocal.url]; NSString *imageWith = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", imageLocal.width]; NSString *imageHeight = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", imageLocal.height]; __weak UITableViewCell *wcell = cell; [cell.imageView setImageWithURL:[NSURL URLWithString:imageURL] placeholderImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"X"] completed:^(UIImage *image, NSError *error, SDImageCacheType cacheType) { // Something }]; } cell = api1Cell; } else { // Date Change NSDateFormatter *df = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init]; [df setDateFormat:@"MMMM d, yyyy h:mma"]; // API 2 MRWebListTableViewCellTwo *api2Cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:@"YourAPI2Cell"]; // Do everything you need to do with the api2Cell // Remember to use 'indexPath.row - hArray.count' as the index for getting an object for your second array // API 2 Data *dataLocal = [iArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row - hArray.count]; // API 2 NSString *dateStringI = [self timeSincePublished:dataLocal.created_time]; NSString *captionTextI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", dataLocal.caption.text]; NSString *usernameI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", dataLocal.user.username]; api2Cell.labelHeadline.text = usernameI; api2Cell.labelDescription.text = captionTextI; api2Cell.labelPublished.text = dateStringI; // SDWebImage API 2 if ([dataLocal.images count] == 0) { NSLog(@"Images Count: %lu", (unsigned long)dataLocal.images.count); // Not sure anything needed here } else { ImagesI *imageLocalI = [dataLocal.images objectAtIndex:0]; StandardResolutionI *standardResolutionLocal = [imageLocalI.standard_resolution objectAtIndex:0]; NSString *imageURLI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", standardResolutionLocal.url]; NSString *imageWithI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", standardResolutionLocal.width]; NSString *imageHeightI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", standardResolutionLocal.height]; // 11.2 __weak UITableViewCell *wcell = cell; [cell.imageView setImageWithURL:[NSURL URLWithString:imageURLI] placeholderImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"X"] completed:^(UIImage *image, NSError *error, SDImageCacheType cacheType) { // Something }]; } cell = api2Cell; } return cell; } Feed.h @property (nonatomic, strong) Links *links; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *headline; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *source; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDate *published; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *description; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *premium; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSArray *images; Data.h @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *link; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDate *created_time; @property (nonatomic, strong) UserI *user; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSArray *images; @property (nonatomic, strong) CaptionI *caption;

    Read the article

  • Received memory warning. Level=2, Program received signal: “0”.

    - by sabby
    Hi friends I am getting images from webservice and loading these images in table view.But when i continue to scroll the program receives memory warning level1,level2 and then app exits with status 0.That happens only in device not in simulator. Here is my code which i am putting please help me out. - (void)viewDidLoad { [super viewDidLoad]; UIButton *infoButton = [[UIButton alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, -4, 62, 30)]; [infoButton setBackgroundImage:[UIImage imageNamed: @"back.png"] forState:UIControlStateNormal]; [infoButton addTarget:self action:@selector(backButtonClicked) forControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside]; UIBarButtonItem *customBarButtomItem = [[UIBarButtonItem alloc] initWithCustomView:infoButton]; self.navigationItem.leftBarButtonItem = customBarButtomItem; [customBarButtomItem release]; [infoButton release]; UIButton *homeButton = [[UIButton alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 62, 30)]; [homeButton setBackgroundImage:[UIImage imageNamed: @"home.png"] forState:UIControlStateNormal]; [homeButton.titleLabel setFont:[UIFont systemFontOfSize:11]]; //[homeButton setTitle:@"UPLOAD" forState:UIControlStateNormal]; [homeButton addTarget:self action:@selector(homeButtonClicked) forControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside]; UIBarButtonItem *rightBarButtom = [[UIBarButtonItem alloc] initWithCustomView:homeButton]; self.navigationItem.rightBarButtonItem = rightBarButtom; [rightBarButtom release]; [homeButton release]; sellerTableView=[[UITableView alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, 320, 416) style:UITableViewStylePlain]; sellerTableView.delegate=self; sellerTableView.dataSource=self; sellerTableView.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; sellerTableView.scrollEnabled=YES; //table.separatorColor=[UIColor grayColor]; //table.separatorColor=[UIColor whiteColor]; //[[table layer]setRoundingMode:NSNumberFormatterRoundDown]; [[sellerTableView layer]setBorderColor:[[UIColor darkGrayColor]CGColor]]; [[sellerTableView layer]setBorderWidth:2]; //[[productTable layer]setCornerRadius:10.3F]; [self.view addSubview:sellerTableView]; appDel = (SnapItAppAppDelegate*)[[UIApplication sharedApplication] delegate]; } -(void)viewWillAppear:(BOOL)animated { spinner = [[UIActivityIndicatorView alloc] initWithActivityIndicatorStyle:UIActivityIndicatorViewStyleGray]; spinner.center = self.view.center; [self.view addSubview:spinner]; [spinner startAnimating]; [[SnapItParsing sharedInstance]assignSender:self]; [[SnapItParsing sharedInstance]startParsingForShowProducts:appDel.userIdString]; [sellerTableView reloadData]; } -(void)showProducts:(NSMutableArray*)proArray { if (spinner) { [spinner stopAnimating]; [spinner removeFromSuperview]; [spinner release]; spinner = nil; } if ([[[proArray objectAtIndex:1]objectForKey:@"Success"]isEqualToString:@"True"]) { //[self.navigationController popViewControllerAnimated:YES]; //self.view.alpha=.12; if (productInfoArray) { [productInfoArray release]; } productInfoArray=[[NSMutableArray alloc]init]; for (int i=2; i<[proArray count]; i++) { NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; [productInfoArray addObject:[proArray objectAtIndex:i]]; NSLog(@"data fetch array is====> /n%@",productInfoArray); [pool release]; } } } #pragma mark (tableview methods) - (CGFloat)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView heightForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath{ return 100; } - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section { //return [resultarray count]; return [productInfoArray count]; } -(void)loadImagesInBackground:(NSNumber *)index{ NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; NSMutableDictionary *frame = [[productInfoArray objectAtIndex:[index intValue]] retain]; //NSLog(@"frame value ==>%@",[[frame objectForKey:@"Image"]length]); NSString *frameImagePath = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"http://apple.com/snapit/products/%@",[frame objectForKey:@"Image"]]; NSData *imageData = [NSData dataWithContentsOfURL:[NSURL URLWithString:frameImagePath]]; NSLog(@"FRAME IMAGE%d",[[frame valueForKey:@"Image" ]length]); if([[frame valueForKey:@"Image"] length] == 0){ NSString *imagePath = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@/%@",[[NSBundle mainBundle] resourcePath],@"no_image.png"]; UIImage *image = [UIImage imageWithContentsOfFile:imagePath]; [frame setObject:image forKey:@"friendImage"]; [imagePath release]; //[image release]; } else { //NSData *imageData = [NSData dataWithContentsOfURL:[NSURL URLWithString:frameImagePath]]; NSLog(@"image data length ==>%d",[imageData length]); if([imageData length] == 0){ NSString *imagePath = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@/%@",[[NSBundle mainBundle] resourcePath],@"no_image.png"]; UIImage *image = [UIImage imageWithContentsOfFile:imagePath]; [frame setObject:image forKey:@"friendImage"]; [imagePath release]; //[image release]; } else { //UIImage *image = [[UIImage alloc] initWithData:imageData]; UIImage *image = [UIImage imageWithData:imageData]; [frame setObject:image forKey:@"friendImage"]; //[image release]; } } [frame release]; frame = nil; [self performSelectorOnMainThread:@selector(reloadTable:) withObject:[NSArray arrayWithObject:[NSIndexPath indexPathForRow:[index intValue] inSection:0]] waitUntilDone:NO]; [pool release]; } -(void)reloadTable:(NSArray *)array{ NSLog(@"array ==>%@",array); [sellerTableView reloadRowsAtIndexPaths:array withRowAnimation:UITableViewRowAnimationNone]; } - (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { static NSString *celltype=@"cell"; UITableViewCell *cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:celltype]; for (UIView *view in cell.contentView.subviews) { [view removeFromSuperview]; } if (cell == nil) { cell = [[[UITableViewCell alloc] initWithStyle:UITableViewCellStyleDefault reuseIdentifier:@"cell"] autorelease]; cell.accessoryType = UITableViewCellAccessoryDisclosureIndicator; cell.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; //cell.textLabel.text=[[resultarray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row] valueForKey:@"Service"]; /*UIImage *indicatorImage = [UIImage imageNamed:@"indicator.png"]; cell.accessoryView = [[[UIImageView alloc] initWithImage:indicatorImage] autorelease];*/ /*NSThread *thread=[[NSThread alloc]initWithTarget:self selector:@selector() object:nil]; [thread setStackSize:44]; [thread start];*/ cell.backgroundView=[[[UIImageView alloc]initWithImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"cell.png"]]autorelease]; // [[[UIImageView alloc] initWithImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"back.png"]] autorelease]; cell.selectionStyle=UITableViewCellSelectionStyleNone; } UIImageView *imageView= [[UIImageView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(19, 15, 75, 68)]; imageView.contentMode = UIViewContentModeScaleToFill; // @synchronized(self) //{ NSMutableDictionary *dict = [productInfoArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]; if([dict objectForKey:@"friendImage"] == nil){ imageView.backgroundColor = [UIColor clearColor]; if ([dict objectForKey:@"isThreadLaunched"] == nil) { [NSThread detachNewThreadSelector:@selector(loadImagesInBackground:) toTarget:self withObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:indexPath.row]]; [dict setObject:@"Yes" forKey:@"isThreadLaunched"]; } }else { imageView.image =[dict objectForKey:@"friendImage"]; } //NSString *imagePath = [[NSString alloc] initWithFormat:@"%@/%@",[[NSBundle mainBundle] resourcePath],@"no_image.png"]; //imageView.layer.cornerRadius = 20.0;//vk //imageView.image=[UIImage imageWithContentsOfFile:imagePath]; //imageView.layer.masksToBounds = YES; //imageView.layer.borderColor = [UIColor darkGrayColor].CGColor; //imageView.layer.borderWidth = 1.0;//vk //imageView.layer.cornerRadius=7.2f; [cell.contentView addSubview:imageView]; //[imagePath release]; [imageView release]; imageView = nil; //} UILabel *productCodeLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(105, 7, 60,20 )]; productCodeLabel.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; productCodeLabel.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; productCodeLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@",@"Code"]; [cell.contentView addSubview:productCodeLabel]; [productCodeLabel release]; UILabel *CodeValueLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(170, 7, 140,20 )]; CodeValueLabel.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; CodeValueLabel.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; CodeValueLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@",[[productInfoArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]valueForKey:@"ID"]]; [cell.contentView addSubview:CodeValueLabel]; [CodeValueLabel release]; UILabel *productNameLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(105, 35, 60,20 )]; productNameLabel.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; productNameLabel.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; productNameLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@",@"Name"]; [cell.contentView addSubview:productNameLabel]; [productNameLabel release]; UILabel *NameValueLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(170, 35, 140,20 )]; NameValueLabel.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; NameValueLabel.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; NameValueLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@",[[productInfoArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]valueForKey:@"Title"]]; [cell.contentView addSubview:NameValueLabel]; [NameValueLabel release]; UILabel *dateLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(105, 68, 60,20 )]; dateLabel.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; dateLabel.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; dateLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@",@"Date"]; [cell.contentView addSubview:dateLabel]; [dateLabel release]; UILabel *dateValueLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(170, 68, 140,20 )]; dateValueLabel.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; dateValueLabel.backgroundColor=[UIColor clearColor]; dateValueLabel.text=[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@",[[productInfoArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]valueForKey:@"PostedDate"]]; dateValueLabel.font=[UIFont systemFontOfSize:14]; dateValueLabel.numberOfLines=3; dateValueLabel.adjustsFontSizeToFitWidth=YES; [dateValueLabel setLineBreakMode:UILineBreakModeCharacterWrap]; [cell.contentView addSubview:dateValueLabel]; [dateValueLabel release]; } Please-2 help me out ,where i am doing mistake.....

    Read the article

  • Agile Development

    - by James Oloo Onyango
    Alot of literature has and is being written about agile developement and its surrounding philosophies. In my quest to find the best way to express the importance of agile methodologies, i have found Robert C. Martin's "A Satire Of Two Companies" to be both the most concise and thorough! Enjoy the read! Rufus Inc Project Kick Off Your name is Bob. The date is January 3, 2001, and your head still aches from the recent millennial revelry. You are sitting in a conference room with several managers and a group of your peers. You are a project team leader. Your boss is there, and he has brought along all of his team leaders. His boss called the meeting. "We have a new project to develop," says your boss's boss. Call him BB. The points in his hair are so long that they scrape the ceiling. Your boss's points are just starting to grow, but he eagerly awaits the day when he can leave Brylcream stains on the acoustic tiles. BB describes the essence of the new market they have identified and the product they want to develop to exploit this market. "We must have this new project up and working by fourth quarter October 1," BB demands. "Nothing is of higher priority, so we are cancelling your current project." The reaction in the room is stunned silence. Months of work are simply going to be thrown away. Slowly, a murmur of objection begins to circulate around the conference table.   His points give off an evil green glow as BB meets the eyes of everyone in the room. One by one, that insidious stare reduces each attendee to quivering lumps of protoplasm. It is clear that he will brook no discussion on this matter. Once silence has been restored, BB says, "We need to begin immediately. How long will it take you to do the analysis?" You raise your hand. Your boss tries to stop you, but his spitwad misses you and you are unaware of his efforts.   "Sir, we can't tell you how long the analysis will take until we have some requirements." "The requirements document won't be ready for 3 or 4 weeks," BB says, his points vibrating with frustration. "So, pretend that you have the requirements in front of you now. How long will you require for analysis?" No one breathes. Everyone looks around to see whether anyone has some idea. "If analysis goes beyond April 1, we have a problem. Can you finish the analysis by then?" Your boss visibly gathers his courage: "We'll find a way, sir!" His points grow 3 mm, and your headache increases by two Tylenol. "Good." BB smiles. "Now, how long will it take to do the design?" "Sir," you say. Your boss visibly pales. He is clearly worried that his 3 mms are at risk. "Without an analysis, it will not be possible to tell you how long design will take." BB's expression shifts beyond austere.   "PRETEND you have the analysis already!" he says, while fixing you with his vacant, beady little eyes. "How long will it take you to do the design?" Two Tylenol are not going to cut it. Your boss, in a desperate attempt to save his new growth, babbles: "Well, sir, with only six months left to complete the project, design had better take no longer than 3 months."   "I'm glad you agree, Smithers!" BB says, beaming. Your boss relaxes. He knows his points are secure. After a while, he starts lightly humming the Brylcream jingle. BB continues, "So, analysis will be complete by April 1, design will be complete by July 1, and that gives you 3 months to implement the project. This meeting is an example of how well our new consensus and empowerment policies are working. Now, get out there and start working. I'll expect to see TQM plans and QIT assignments on my desk by next week. Oh, and don't forget that your crossfunctional team meetings and reports will be needed for next month's quality audit." "Forget the Tylenol," you think to yourself as you return to your cubicle. "I need bourbon."   Visibly excited, your boss comes over to you and says, "Gosh, what a great meeting. I think we're really going to do some world shaking with this project." You nod in agreement, too disgusted to do anything else. "Oh," your boss continues, "I almost forgot." He hands you a 30-page document. "Remember that the SEI is coming to do an evaluation next week. This is the evaluation guide. You need to read through it, memorize it, and then shred it. It tells you how to answer any questions that the SEI auditors ask you. It also tells you what parts of the building you are allowed to take them to and what parts to avoid. We are determined to be a CMM level 3 organization by June!"   You and your peers start working on the analysis of the new project. This is difficult because you have no requirements. But from the 10-minute introduction given by BB on that fateful morning, you have some idea of what the product is supposed to do.   Corporate process demands that you begin by creating a use case document. You and your team begin enumerating use cases and drawing oval and stick diagrams. Philosophical debates break out among the team members. There is disagreement as to whether certain use cases should be connected with <<extends>> or <<includes>> relationships. Competing models are created, but nobody knows how to evaluate them. The debate continues, effectively paralyzing progress.   After a week, somebody finds the iceberg.com Web site, which recommends disposing entirely of <<extends>> and <<includes>> and replacing them with <<precedes>> and <<uses>>. The documents on this Web site, authored by Don Sengroiux, describes a method known as stalwart-analysis, which claims to be a step-by-step method for translating use cases into design diagrams. More competing use case models are created using this new scheme, but again, people can't agree on how to evaluate them. The thrashing continues. More and more, the use case meetings are driven by emotion rather than by reason. If it weren't for the fact that you don't have requirements, you'd be pretty upset by the lack of progress you are making. The requirements document arrives on February 15. And then again on February 20, 25, and every week thereafter. Each new version contradicts the previous one. Clearly, the marketing folks who are writing the requirements, empowered though they might be, are not finding consensus.   At the same time, several new competing use case templates have been proposed by the various team members. Each template presents its own particularly creative way of delaying progress. The debates rage on. On March 1, Prudence Putrigence, the process proctor, succeeds in integrating all the competing use case forms and templates into a single, all-encompassing form. Just the blank form is 15 pages long. She has managed to include every field that appeared on all the competing templates. She also presents a 159- page document describing how to fill out the use case form. All current use cases must be rewritten according to the new standard.   You marvel to yourself that it now requires 15 pages of fill-in-the-blank and essay questions to answer the question: What should the system do when the user presses Return? The corporate process (authored by L. E. Ott, famed author of "Holistic Analysis: A Progressive Dialectic for Software Engineers") insists that you discover all primary use cases, 87 percent of all secondary use cases, and 36.274 percent of all tertiary use cases before you can complete analysis and enter the design phase. You have no idea what a tertiary use case is. So in an attempt to meet this requirement, you try to get your use case document reviewed by the marketing department, which you hope will know what a tertiary use case is.   Unfortunately, the marketing folks are too busy with sales support to talk to you. Indeed, since the project started, you have not been able to get a single meeting with marketing, which has provided a never-ending stream of changing and contradictory requirements documents.   While one team has been spinning endlessly on the use case document, another team has been working out the domain model. Endless variations of UML documents are pouring out of this team. Every week, the model is reworked.   The team members can't decide whether to use <<interfaces>> or <<types>> in the model. A huge disagreement has been raging on the proper syntax and application of OCL. Others on the team just got back from a 5-day class on catabolism, and have been producing incredibly detailed and arcane diagrams that nobody else can fathom.   On March 27, with one week to go before analysis is to be complete, you have produced a sea of documents and diagrams but are no closer to a cogent analysis of the problem than you were on January 3. **** And then, a miracle happens.   **** On Saturday, April 1, you check your e-mail from home. You see a memo from your boss to BB. It states unequivocally that you are done with the analysis! You phone your boss and complain. "How could you have told BB that we were done with the analysis?" "Have you looked at a calendar lately?" he responds. "It's April 1!" The irony of that date does not escape you. "But we have so much more to think about. So much more to analyze! We haven't even decided whether to use <<extends>> or <<precedes>>!" "Where is your evidence that you are not done?" inquires your boss, impatiently. "Whaaa . . . ." But he cuts you off. "Analysis can go on forever; it has to be stopped at some point. And since this is the date it was scheduled to stop, it has been stopped. Now, on Monday, I want you to gather up all existing analysis materials and put them into a public folder. Release that folder to Prudence so that she can log it in the CM system by Monday afternoon. Then get busy and start designing."   As you hang up the phone, you begin to consider the benefits of keeping a bottle of bourbon in your bottom desk drawer. They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the analysis phase. BB gave a colon-stirring speech on empowerment. And your boss, another 3 mm taller, congratulated his team on the incredible show of unity and teamwork. Finally, the CIO takes the stage to tell everyone that the SEI audit went very well and to thank everyone for studying and shredding the evaluation guides that were passed out. Level 3 now seems assured and will be awarded by June. (Scuttlebutt has it that managers at the level of BB and above are to receive significant bonuses once the SEI awards level 3.)   As the weeks flow by, you and your team work on the design of the system. Of course, you find that the analysis that the design is supposedly based on is flawedno, useless; no, worse than useless. But when you tell your boss that you need to go back and work some more on the analysis to shore up its weaker sections, he simply states, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   So, you and your team hack the design as best you can, unsure of whether the requirements have been properly analyzed. Of course, it really doesn't matter much, since the requirements document is still thrashing with weekly revisions, and the marketing department still refuses to meet with you.     The design is a nightmare. Your boss recently misread a book named The Finish Line in which the author, Mark DeThomaso, blithely suggested that design documents should be taken down to code-level detail. "If we are going to be working at that level of detail," you ask, "why don't we simply write the code instead?" "Because then you wouldn't be designing, of course. And the only allowable activity in the design phase is design!" "Besides," he continues, "we have just purchased a companywide license for Dandelion! This tool enables 'Round the Horn Engineering!' You are to transfer all design diagrams into this tool. It will automatically generate our code for us! It will also keep the design diagrams in sync with the code!" Your boss hands you a brightly colored shrinkwrapped box containing the Dandelion distribution. You accept it numbly and shuffle off to your cubicle. Twelve hours, eight crashes, one disk reformatting, and eight shots of 151 later, you finally have the tool installed on your server. You consider the week your team will lose while attending Dandelion training. Then you smile and think, "Any week I'm not here is a good week." Design diagram after design diagram is created by your team. Dandelion makes it very difficult to draw these diagrams. There are dozens and dozens of deeply nested dialog boxes with funny text fields and check boxes that must all be filled in correctly. And then there's the problem of moving classes between packages. At first, these diagram are driven from the use cases. But the requirements are changing so often that the use cases rapidly become meaningless. Debates rage about whether VISITOR or DECORATOR design patterns should be used. One developer refuses to use VISITOR in any form, claiming that it's not a properly object-oriented construct. Someone refuses to use multiple inheritance, since it is the spawn of the devil. Review meetings rapidly degenerate into debates about the meaning of object orientation, the definition of analysis versus design, or when to use aggregation versus association. Midway through the design cycle, the marketing folks announce that they have rethought the focus of the system. Their new requirements document is completely restructured. They have eliminated several major feature areas and replaced them with feature areas that they anticipate customer surveys will show to be more appropriate. You tell your boss that these changes mean that you need to reanalyze and redesign much of the system. But he says, "The analysis phase is system. But he says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   You suggest that it might be better to create a simple prototype to show to the marketing folks and even some potential customers. But your boss says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it." Hack, hack, hack, hack. You try to create some kind of a design document that might reflect the new requirements documents. However, the revolution of the requirements has not caused them to stop thrashing. Indeed, if anything, the wild oscillations of the requirements document have only increased in frequency and amplitude.   You slog your way through them.   On June 15, the Dandelion database gets corrupted. Apparently, the corruption has been progressive. Small errors in the DB accumulated over the months into bigger and bigger errors. Eventually, the CASE tool just stopped working. Of course, the slowly encroaching corruption is present on all the backups. Calls to the Dandelion technical support line go unanswered for several days. Finally, you receive a brief e-mail from Dandelion, informing you that this is a known problem and that the solution is to purchase the new version, which they promise will be ready some time next quarter, and then reenter all the diagrams by hand.   ****   Then, on July 1 another miracle happens! You are done with the design!   Rather than go to your boss and complain, you stock your middle desk drawer with some vodka.   **** They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the design phase and their graduation to CMM level 3. This time, you find BB's speech so stirring that you have to use the restroom before it begins. New banners and plaques are all over your workplace. They show pictures of eagles and mountain climbers, and they talk about teamwork and empowerment. They read better after a few scotches. That reminds you that you need to clear out your file cabinet to make room for the brandy. You and your team begin to code. But you rapidly discover that the design is lacking in some significant areas. Actually, it's lacking any significance at all. You convene a design session in one of the conference rooms to try to work through some of the nastier problems. But your boss catches you at it and disbands the meeting, saying, "The design phase is over. The only allowable activity is coding. Now get back to it."   ****   The code generated by Dandelion is really hideous. It turns out that you and your team were using association and aggregation the wrong way, after all. All the generated code has to be edited to correct these flaws. Editing this code is extremely difficult because it has been instrumented with ugly comment blocks that have special syntax that Dandelion needs in order to keep the diagrams in sync with the code. If you accidentally alter one of these comments, the diagrams will be regenerated incorrectly. It turns out that "Round the Horn Engineering" requires an awful lot of effort. The more you try to keep the code compatible with Dandelion, the more errors Dandelion generates. In the end, you give up and decide to keep the diagrams up to date manually. A second later, you decide that there's no point in keeping the diagrams up to date at all. Besides, who has time?   Your boss hires a consultant to build tools to count the number of lines of code that are being produced. He puts a big thermometer graph on the wall with the number 1,000,000 on the top. Every day, he extends the red line to show how many lines have been added. Three days after the thermometer appears on the wall, your boss stops you in the hall. "That graph isn't growing quickly enough. We need to have a million lines done by October 1." "We aren't even sh-sh-sure that the proshect will require a m-million linezh," you blather. "We have to have a million lines done by October 1," your boss reiterates. His points have grown again, and the Grecian formula he uses on them creates an aura of authority and competence. "Are you sure your comment blocks are big enough?" Then, in a flash of managerial insight, he says, "I have it! I want you to institute a new policy among the engineers. No line of code is to be longer than 20 characters. Any such line must be split into two or more preferably more. All existing code needs to be reworked to this standard. That'll get our line count up!"   You decide not to tell him that this will require two unscheduled work months. You decide not to tell him anything at all. You decide that intravenous injections of pure ethanol are the only solution. You make the appropriate arrangements. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. You and your team madly code away. By August 1, your boss, frowning at the thermometer on the wall, institutes a mandatory 50-hour workweek.   Hack, hack, hack, and hack. By September 1st, the thermometer is at 1.2 million lines and your boss asks you to write a report describing why you exceeded the coding budget by 20 percent. He institutes mandatory Saturdays and demands that the project be brought back down to a million lines. You start a campaign of remerging lines. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. Tempers are flaring; people are quitting; QA is raining trouble reports down on you. Customers are demanding installation and user manuals; salespeople are demanding advance demonstrations for special customers; the requirements document is still thrashing, the marketing folks are complaining that the product isn't anything like they specified, and the liquor store won't accept your credit card anymore. Something has to give.    On September 15, BB calls a meeting. As he enters the room, his points are emitting clouds of steam. When he speaks, the bass overtones of his carefully manicured voice cause the pit of your stomach to roll over. "The QA manager has told me that this project has less than 50 percent of the required features implemented. He has also informed me that the system crashes all the time, yields wrong results, and is hideously slow. He has also complained that he cannot keep up with the continuous train of daily releases, each more buggy than the last!" He stops for a few seconds, visibly trying to compose himself. "The QA manager estimates that, at this rate of development, we won't be able to ship the product until December!" Actually, you think it's more like March, but you don't say anything. "December!" BB roars with such derision that people duck their heads as though he were pointing an assault rifle at them. "December is absolutely out of the question. Team leaders, I want new estimates on my desk in the morning. I am hereby mandating 65-hour work weeks until this project is complete. And it better be complete by November 1."   As he leaves the conference room, he is heard to mutter: "Empowermentbah!" * * * Your boss is bald; his points are mounted on BB's wall. The fluorescent lights reflecting off his pate momentarily dazzle you. "Do you have anything to drink?" he asks. Having just finished your last bottle of Boone's Farm, you pull a bottle of Thunderbird from your bookshelf and pour it into his coffee mug. "What's it going to take to get this project done? " he asks. "We need to freeze the requirements, analyze them, design them, and then implement them," you say callously. "By November 1?" your boss exclaims incredulously. "No way! Just get back to coding the damned thing." He storms out, scratching his vacant head.   A few days later, you find that your boss has been transferred to the corporate research division. Turnover has skyrocketed. Customers, informed at the last minute that their orders cannot be fulfilled on time, have begun to cancel their orders. Marketing is re-evaluating whether this product aligns with the overall goals of the company. Memos fly, heads roll, policies change, and things are, overall, pretty grim. Finally, by March, after far too many sixty-five hour weeks, a very shaky version of the software is ready. In the field, bug-discovery rates are high, and the technical support staff are at their wits' end, trying to cope with the complaints and demands of the irate customers. Nobody is happy.   In April, BB decides to buy his way out of the problem by licensing a product produced by Rupert Industries and redistributing it. The customers are mollified, the marketing folks are smug, and you are laid off.     Rupert Industries: Project Alpha   Your name is Robert. The date is January 3, 2001. The quiet hours spent with your family this holiday have left you refreshed and ready for work. You are sitting in a conference room with your team of professionals. The manager of the division called the meeting. "We have some ideas for a new project," says the division manager. Call him Russ. He is a high-strung British chap with more energy than a fusion reactor. He is ambitious and driven but understands the value of a team. Russ describes the essence of the new market opportunity the company has identified and introduces you to Jane, the marketing manager, who is responsible for defining the products that will address it. Addressing you, Jane says, "We'd like to start defining our first product offering as soon as possible. When can you and your team meet with me?" You reply, "We'll be done with the current iteration of our project this Friday. We can spare a few hours for you between now and then. After that, we'll take a few people from the team and dedicate them to you. We'll begin hiring their replacements and the new people for your team immediately." "Great," says Russ, "but I want you to understand that it is critical that we have something to exhibit at the trade show coming up this July. If we can't be there with something significant, we'll lose the opportunity."   "I understand," you reply. "I don't yet know what it is that you have in mind, but I'm sure we can have something by July. I just can't tell you what that something will be right now. In any case, you and Jane are going to have complete control over what we developers do, so you can rest assured that by July, you'll have the most important things that can be accomplished in that time ready to exhibit."   Russ nods in satisfaction. He knows how this works. Your team has always kept him advised and allowed him to steer their development. He has the utmost confidence that your team will work on the most important things first and will produce a high-quality product.   * * *   "So, Robert," says Jane at their first meeting, "How does your team feel about being split up?" "We'll miss working with each other," you answer, "but some of us were getting pretty tired of that last project and are looking forward to a change. So, what are you people cooking up?" Jane beams. "You know how much trouble our customers currently have . . ." And she spends a half hour or so describing the problem and possible solution. "OK, wait a second" you respond. "I need to be clear about this." And so you and Jane talk about how this system might work. Some of her ideas aren't fully formed. You suggest possible solutions. She likes some of them. You continue discussing.   During the discussion, as each new topic is addressed, Jane writes user story cards. Each card represents something that the new system has to do. The cards accumulate on the table and are spread out in front of you. Both you and Jane point at them, pick them up, and make notes on them as you discuss the stories. The cards are powerful mnemonic devices that you can use to represent complex ideas that are barely formed.   At the end of the meeting, you say, "OK, I've got a general idea of what you want. I'm going to talk to the team about it. I imagine they'll want to run some experiments with various database structures and presentation formats. Next time we meet, it'll be as a group, and we'll start identifying the most important features of the system."   A week later, your nascent team meets with Jane. They spread the existing user story cards out on the table and begin to get into some of the details of the system. The meeting is very dynamic. Jane presents the stories in the order of their importance. There is much discussion about each one. The developers are concerned about keeping the stories small enough to estimate and test. So they continually ask Jane to split one story into several smaller stories. Jane is concerned that each story have a clear business value and priority, so as she splits them, she makes sure that this stays true.   The stories accumulate on the table. Jane writes them, but the developers make notes on them as needed. Nobody tries to capture everything that is said; the cards are not meant to capture everything but are simply reminders of the conversation.   As the developers become more comfortable with the stories, they begin writing estimates on them. These estimates are crude and budgetary, but they give Jane an idea of what the story will cost.   At the end of the meeting, it is clear that many more stories could be discussed. It is also clear that the most important stories have been addressed and that they represent several months worth of work. Jane closes the meeting by taking the cards with her and promising to have a proposal for the first release in the morning.   * * *   The next morning, you reconvene the meeting. Jane chooses five cards and places them on the table. "According to your estimates, these cards represent about one perfect team-week's worth of work. The last iteration of the previous project managed to get one perfect team-week done in 3 real weeks. If we can get these five stories done in 3 weeks, we'll be able to demonstrate them to Russ. That will make him feel very comfortable about our progress." Jane is pushing it. The sheepish look on her face lets you know that she knows it too. You reply, "Jane, this is a new team, working on a new project. It's a bit presumptuous to expect that our velocity will be the same as the previous team's. However, I met with the team yesterday afternoon, and we all agreed that our initial velocity should, in fact, be set to one perfectweek for every 3 real-weeks. So you've lucked out on this one." "Just remember," you continue, "that the story estimates and the story velocity are very tentative at this point. We'll learn more when we plan the iteration and even more when we implement it."   Jane looks over her glasses at you as if to say "Who's the boss around here, anyway?" and then smiles and says, "Yeah, don't worry. I know the drill by now."Jane then puts 15 more cards on the table. She says, "If we can get all these cards done by the end of March, we can turn the system over to our beta test customers. And we'll get good feedback from them."   You reply, "OK, so we've got our first iteration defined, and we have the stories for the next three iterations after that. These four iterations will make our first release."   "So," says Jane, can you really do these five stories in the next 3 weeks?" "I don't know for sure, Jane," you reply. "Let's break them down into tasks and see what we get."   So Jane, you, and your team spend the next several hours taking each of the five stories that Jane chose for the first iteration and breaking them down into small tasks. The developers quickly realize that some of the tasks can be shared between stories and that other tasks have commonalities that can probably be taken advantage of. It is clear that potential designs are popping into the developers' heads. From time to time, they form little discussion knots and scribble UML diagrams on some cards.   Soon, the whiteboard is filled with the tasks that, once completed, will implement the five stories for this iteration. You start the sign-up process by saying, "OK, let's sign up for these tasks." "I'll take the initial database generation." Says Pete. "That's what I did on the last project, and this doesn't look very different. I estimate it at two of my perfect workdays." "OK, well, then, I'll take the login screen," says Joe. "Aw, darn," says Elaine, the junior member of the team, "I've never done a GUI, and kinda wanted to try that one."   "Ah, the impatience of youth," Joe says sagely, with a wink in your direction. "You can assist me with it, young Jedi." To Jane: "I think it'll take me about three of my perfect workdays."   One by one, the developers sign up for tasks and estimate them in terms of their own perfect workdays. Both you and Jane know that it is best to let the developers volunteer for tasks than to assign the tasks to them. You also know full well that you daren't challenge any of the developers' estimates. You know these people, and you trust them. You know that they are going to do the very best they can.   The developers know that they can't sign up for more perfect workdays than they finished in the last iteration they worked on. Once each developer has filled his or her schedule for the iteration, they stop signing up for tasks.   Eventually, all the developers have stopped signing up for tasks. But, of course, tasks are still left on the board.   "I was worried that that might happen," you say, "OK, there's only one thing to do, Jane. We've got too much to do in this iteration. What stories or tasks can we remove?" Jane sighs. She knows that this is the only option. Working overtime at the beginning of a project is insane, and projects where she's tried it have not fared well.   So Jane starts to remove the least-important functionality. "Well, we really don't need the login screen just yet. We can simply start the system in the logged-in state." "Rats!" cries Elaine. "I really wanted to do that." "Patience, grasshopper." says Joe. "Those who wait for the bees to leave the hive will not have lips too swollen to relish the honey." Elaine looks confused. Everyone looks confused. "So . . .," Jane continues, "I think we can also do away with . . ." And so, bit by bit, the list of tasks shrinks. Developers who lose a task sign up for one of the remaining ones.   The negotiation is not painless. Several times, Jane exhibits obvious frustration and impatience. Once, when tensions are especially high, Elaine volunteers, "I'll work extra hard to make up some of the missing time." You are about to correct her when, fortunately, Joe looks her in the eye and says, "When once you proceed down the dark path, forever will it dominate your destiny."   In the end, an iteration acceptable to Jane is reached. It's not what Jane wanted. Indeed, it is significantly less. But it's something the team feels that can be achieved in the next 3 weeks.   And, after all, it still addresses the most important things that Jane wanted in the iteration. "So, Jane," you say when things had quieted down a bit, "when can we expect acceptance tests from you?" Jane sighs. This is the other side of the coin. For every story the development team implements,   Jane must supply a suite of acceptance tests that prove that it works. And the team needs these long before the end of the iteration, since they will certainly point out differences in the way Jane and the developers imagine the system's behaviour.   "I'll get you some example test scripts today," Jane promises. "I'll add to them every day after that. You'll have the entire suite by the middle of the iteration."   * * *   The iteration begins on Monday morning with a flurry of Class, Responsibilities, Collaborators sessions. By midmorning, all the developers have assembled into pairs and are rapidly coding away. "And now, my young apprentice," Joe says to Elaine, "you shall learn the mysteries of test-first design!"   "Wow, that sounds pretty rad," Elaine replies. "How do you do it?" Joe beams. It's clear that he has been anticipating this moment. "OK, what does the code do right now?" "Huh?" replied Elaine, "It doesn't do anything at all; there is no code."   "So, consider our task; can you think of something the code should do?" "Sure," Elaine said with youthful assurance, "First, it should connect to the database." "And thereupon, what must needs be required to connecteth the database?" "You sure talk weird," laughed Elaine. "I think we'd have to get the database object from some registry and call the Connect() method. "Ah, astute young wizard. Thou perceives correctly that we requireth an object within which we can cacheth the database object." "Is 'cacheth' really a word?" "It is when I say it! So, what test can we write that we know the database registry should pass?" Elaine sighs. She knows she'll just have to play along. "We should be able to create a database object and pass it to the registry in a Store() method. And then we should be able to pull it out of the registry with a Get() method and make sure it's the same object." "Oh, well said, my prepubescent sprite!" "Hay!" "So, now, let's write a test function that proves your case." "But shouldn't we write the database object and registry object first?" "Ah, you've much to learn, my young impatient one. Just write the test first." "But it won't even compile!" "Are you sure? What if it did?" "Uh . . ." "Just write the test, Elaine. Trust me." And so Joe, Elaine, and all the other developers began to code their tasks, one test case at a time. The room in which they worked was abuzz with the conversations between the pairs. The murmur was punctuated by an occasional high five when a pair managed to finish a task or a difficult test case.   As development proceeded, the developers changed partners once or twice a day. Each developer got to see what all the others were doing, and so knowledge of the code spread generally throughout the team.   Whenever a pair finished something significant whether a whole task or simply an important part of a task they integrated what they had with the rest of the system. Thus, the code base grew daily, and integration difficulties were minimized.   The developers communicated with Jane on a daily basis. They'd go to her whenever they had a question about the functionality of the system or the interpretation of an acceptance test case.   Jane, good as her word, supplied the team with a steady stream of acceptance test scripts. The team read these carefully and thereby gained a much better understanding of what Jane expected the system to do. By the beginning of the second week, there was enough functionality to demonstrate to Jane. She watched eagerly as the demonstration passed test case after test case. "This is really cool," Jane said as the demonstration finally ended. "But this doesn't seem like one-third of the tasks. Is your velocity slower than anticipated?"   You grimace. You'd been waiting for a good time to mention this to Jane but now she was forcing the issue. "Yes, unfortunately, we are going more slowly than we had expected. The new application server we are using is turning out to be a pain to configure. Also, it takes forever to reboot, and we have to reboot it whenever we make even the slightest change to its configuration."   Jane eyes you with suspicion. The stress of last Monday's negotiations had still not entirely dissipated. She says, "And what does this mean to our schedule? We can't slip it again, we just can't. Russ will have a fit! He'll haul us all into the woodshed and ream us some new ones."   You look Jane right in the eyes. There's no pleasant way to give someone news like this. So you just blurt out, "Look, if things keep going like they're going, we're not going to be done with everything by next Friday. Now it's possible that we'll figure out a way to go faster. But, frankly, I wouldn't depend on that. You should start thinking about one or two tasks that could be removed from the iteration without ruining the demonstration for Russ. Come hell or high water, we are going to give that demonstration on Friday, and I don't think you want us to choose which tasks to omit."   "Aw forchrisakes!" Jane barely manages to stifle yelling that last word as she stalks away, shaking her head. Not for the first time, you say to yourself, "Nobody ever promised me project management would be easy." You are pretty sure it won't be the last time, either.   Actually, things went a bit better than you had hoped. The team did, in fact, have to drop one task from the iteration, but Jane had chosen wisely, and the demonstration for Russ went without a hitch. Russ was not impressed with the progress, but neither was he dismayed. He simply said, "This is pretty good. But remember, we have to be able to demonstrate this system at the trade show in July, and at this rate, it doesn't look like you'll have all that much to show." Jane, whose attitude had improved dramatically with the completion of the iteration, responded to Russ by saying, "Russ, this team is working hard, and well. When July comes around, I am confident that we'll have something significant to demonstrate. It won't be everything, and some of it may be smoke and mirrors, but we'll have something."   Painful though the last iteration was, it had calibrated your velocity numbers. The next iteration went much better. Not because your team got more done than in the last iteration but simply because the team didn't have to remove any tasks or stories in the middle of the iteration.   By the start of the fourth iteration, a natural rhythm has been established. Jane, you, and the team know exactly what to expect from one another. The team is running hard, but the pace is sustainable. You are confident that the team can keep up this pace for a year or more.   The number of surprises in the schedule diminishes to near zero; however, the number of surprises in the requirements does not. Jane and Russ frequently look over the growing system and make recommendations or changes to the existing functionality. But all parties realize that these changes take time and must be scheduled. So the changes do not cause anyone's expectations to be violated. In March, there is a major demonstration of the system to the board of directors. The system is very limited and is not yet in a form good enough to take to the trade show, but progress is steady, and the board is reasonably impressed.   The second release goes even more smoothly than the first. By now, the team has figured out a way to automate Jane's acceptance test scripts. The team has also refactored the design of the system to the point that it is really easy to add new features and change old ones. The second release was done by the end of June and was taken to the trade show. It had less in it than Jane and Russ would have liked, but it did demonstrate the most important features of the system. Although customers at the trade show noticed that certain features were missing, they were very impressed overall. You, Russ, and Jane all returned from the trade show with smiles on your faces. You all felt as though this project was a winner.   Indeed, many months later, you are contacted by Rufus Inc. That company had been working on a system like this for its internal operations. Rufus has canceled the development of that system after a death-march project and is negotiating to license your technology for its environment.   Indeed, things are looking up!

    Read the article

  • How to solve "403 Forbidden" on CentOS6 with SELinux Disabled?

    - by André
    I have a machine on Linode that is driving me crazy. Linode does not have SELinux on CentOS6... I'm trying to configure to put my website in "/home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/public" As I don´t have SELinux enable, how can I avoid the "403 Forbidden" that I get when trying to access the webpage? Sorry for my english. Best Regards, Update1, ERROR_LOG [Mon Oct 17 14:04:16 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:08:07 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:10:25 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:10:41 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:32:35 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:34:45 2011] [error] [client 58.218.199.227] (13)Permission denied: access to /proxy-1.php denied [Mon Oct 17 15:32:25 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:37:26 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:37:43 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:38:32 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:42:56 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:43:12 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:45:34 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:51:25 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable Upadate2, /home/websites directory drwx------ 3 websites websites 4096 Oct 17 14:52 . drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 4096 Oct 17 13:42 .. -rw------- 1 websites websites 372 Oct 17 14:52 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 18 May 30 11:46 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 176 May 30 11:46 .bash_profile -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 124 May 30 11:46 .bashrc drwxrwxr-x 3 websites apache 4096 Oct 17 13:45 public_html Update3, httpd.conf ### Section 1: Global Environment ServerTokens OS ServerRoot "/etc/httpd" PidFile run/httpd.pid Timeout 60 KeepAlive Off MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 KeepAliveTimeout 15 <IfModule prefork.c> StartServers 8 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 20 ServerLimit 256 MaxClients 256 MaxRequestsPerChild 4000 </IfModule> <IfModule worker.c> StartServers 4 MaxClients 300 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so Include conf.d/*.conf #ExtendedStatus On User apache Group apache ServerAdmin root@localhost #ServerName www.example.com:80 UseCanonicalName Off DocumentRoot "/var/www/html" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/home/websites/public_html"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # UserDir: The name of the directory that is appended onto a user's home # directory if a ~user request is received. # # The path to the end user account 'public_html' directory must be # accessible to the webserver userid. This usually means that ~userid # must have permissions of 711, ~userid/public_html must have permissions # of 755, and documents contained therein must be world-readable. # Otherwise, the client will only receive a "403 Forbidden" message. # # See also: http://httpd.apache.org/docs/misc/FAQ.html#forbidden # <IfModule mod_userdir.c> # # UserDir is disabled by default since it can confirm the presence # of a username on the system (depending on home directory # permissions). # UserDir disabled # # To enable requests to /~user/ to serve the user's public_html # directory, remove the "UserDir disabled" line above, and uncomment # the following line instead: # #UserDir public_html </IfModule> # # Control access to UserDir directories. The following is an example # for a site where these directories are restricted to read-only. # #<Directory /home/*/public_html> # AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec # <Limit GET POST OPTIONS> # Order allow,deny # Allow from all # </Limit> # <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS> # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # </LimitExcept> #</Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # # The index.html.var file (a type-map) is used to deliver content- # negotiated documents. The MultiViews Option can be used for the # same purpose, but it is much slower. # DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </Files> # # TypesConfig describes where the mime.types file (or equivalent) is # to be found. # TypesConfig /etc/mime.types # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # <IfModule mod_mime_magic.c> # MIMEMagicFile /usr/share/magic.mime MIMEMagicFile conf/magic </IfModule> # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog logs/error_log LogLevel warn # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # "combinedio" includes actual counts of actual bytes received (%I) and sent (%O); this # requires the mod_logio module to be loaded. #LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # #CustomLog logs/access_log common # # If you would like to have separate agent and referer logfiles, uncomment # the following directives. # #CustomLog logs/referer_log referer #CustomLog logs/agent_log agent # # For a single logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format), use the following directive: # CustomLog logs/access_log combined ServerSignature On Alias /icons/ "/var/www/icons/" <Directory "/var/www/icons"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # WebDAV module configuration section. # <IfModule mod_dav_fs.c> # Location of the WebDAV lock database. DAVLockDB /var/lib/dav/lockdb </IfModule> # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the realname directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the client. # The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias directives as to # Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/var/www/cgi-bin/" # # "/var/www/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/var/www/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort NameWidth=* HTMLTable Charset=UTF-8 AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/* AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/* AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/* AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/* AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core AddIcon /icons/back.gif .. AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^ AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^ # # DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon # explicitly set. # DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif # # AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in # server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed # directories. # Format: AddDescription "description" filename # #AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz #AddDescription "tar archive" .tar #AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz # # ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by # default, and append to directory listings. # # HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to # directory indexes. ReadmeName README.html HeaderName HEADER.html # # IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore # and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted. # IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t # # DefaultLanguage and AddLanguage allows you to specify the language of # a document. You can then use content negotiation to give a browser a # file in a language the user can understand. # # Specify a default language. This means that all data # going out without a specific language tag (see below) will # be marked with this one. You probably do NOT want to set # this unless you are sure it is correct for all cases. # # * It is generally better to not mark a page as # * being a certain language than marking it with the wrong # * language! # # DefaultLanguage nl # # Note 1: The suffix does not have to be the same as the language # keyword --- those with documents in Polish (whose net-standard # language code is pl) may wish to use "AddLanguage pl .po" to # avoid the ambiguity with the common suffix for perl scripts. # # Note 2: The example entries below illustrate that in some cases # the two character 'Language' abbreviation is not identical to # the two character 'Country' code for its country, # E.g. 'Danmark/dk' versus 'Danish/da'. # # Note 3: In the case of 'ltz' we violate the RFC by using a three char # specifier. There is 'work in progress' to fix this and get # the reference data for rfc1766 cleaned up. # # Catalan (ca) - Croatian (hr) - Czech (cs) - Danish (da) - Dutch (nl) # English (en) - Esperanto (eo) - Estonian (et) - French (fr) - German (de) # Greek-Modern (el) - Hebrew (he) - Italian (it) - Japanese (ja) # Korean (ko) - Luxembourgeois* (ltz) - Norwegian Nynorsk (nn) # Norwegian (no) - Polish (pl) - Portugese (pt) # Brazilian Portuguese (pt-BR) - Russian (ru) - Swedish (sv) # Simplified Chinese (zh-CN) - Spanish (es) - Traditional Chinese (zh-TW) # AddLanguage ca .ca AddLanguage cs .cz .cs AddLanguage da .dk AddLanguage de .de AddLanguage el .el AddLanguage en .en AddLanguage eo .eo AddLanguage es .es AddLanguage et .et AddLanguage fr .fr AddLanguage he .he AddLanguage hr .hr AddLanguage it .it AddLanguage ja .ja AddLanguage ko .ko AddLanguage ltz .ltz AddLanguage nl .nl AddLanguage nn .nn AddLanguage no .no AddLanguage pl .po AddLanguage pt .pt AddLanguage pt-BR .pt-br AddLanguage ru .ru AddLanguage sv .sv AddLanguage zh-CN .zh-cn AddLanguage zh-TW .zh-tw # # LanguagePriority allows you to give precedence to some languages # in case of a tie during content negotiation. # # Just list the languages in decreasing order of preference. We have # more or less alphabetized them here. You probably want to change this. # LanguagePriority en ca cs da de el eo es et fr he hr it ja ko ltz nl nn no pl pt pt-BR ru sv zh-CN zh-TW # # ForceLanguagePriority allows you to serve a result page rather than # MULTIPLE CHOICES (Prefer) [in case of a tie] or NOT ACCEPTABLE (Fallback) # [in case no accepted languages matched the available variants] # ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback # # Specify a default charset for all content served; this enables # interpretation of all content as UTF-8 by default. To use the # default browser choice (ISO-8859-1), or to allow the META tags # in HTML content to override this choice, comment out this # directive: # AddDefaultCharset UTF-8 # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file mime.types for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-tar .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # Despite the name similarity, the following Add* directives have nothing # to do with the FancyIndexing customization directives above. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # MIME-types for downloading Certificates and CRLs # AddType application/x-x509-ca-cert .crt AddType application/x-pkcs7-crl .crl # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # # For files that include their own HTTP headers: # #AddHandler send-as-is asis # # For type maps (negotiated resources): # (This is enabled by default to allow the Apache "It Worked" page # to be distributed in multiple languages.) # AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml # # Action lets you define media types that will execute a script whenever # a matching file is called. This eliminates the need for repeated URL # pathnames for oft-used CGI file processors. # Format: Action media/type /cgi-script/location # Format: Action handler-name /cgi-script/location # # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # Putting this all together, we can internationalize error responses. # # We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to # our collection of by-error message multi-language collections. We use # includes to substitute the appropriate text. # # You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the # default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line: # # Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/" # # which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the # /var/www/error/include/ files and # copying them to /your/include/path/, even on a per-VirtualHost basis. # Alias /error/ "/var/www/error/" <IfModule mod_negotiation.c> <IfModule mod_include.c> <Directory "/var/www/error"> AllowOverride None Options IncludesNoExec AddOutputFilter Includes html AddHandler type-map var Order allow,deny Allow from all LanguagePriority en es de fr ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback </Directory> # ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var # ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var # ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var # ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var # ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var # ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var # ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var # ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var # ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var # ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var # ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var # ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var # ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var # ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var # ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var </IfModule> </IfModule> # # The following directives modify normal HTTP response behavior to # handle known problems with browser implementations. # BrowserMatch "Mozilla/2" nokeepalive BrowserMatch "MSIE 4\.0b2;" nokeepalive downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "RealPlayer 4\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "Java/1\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "JDK/1\.0" force-response-1.0 # # The following directive disables redirects on non-GET requests for # a directory that does not include the trailing slash. This fixes a # problem with Microsoft WebFolders which does not appropriately handle # redirects for folders with DAV methods. # Same deal with Apple's DAV filesystem and Gnome VFS support for DAV. # BrowserMatch "Microsoft Data Access Internet Publishing Provider" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "MS FrontPage" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDrive" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDAVFS/1.[0123]" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^gnome-vfs/1.0" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^XML Spy" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^Dreamweaver-WebDAV-SCM1" redirect-carefully # # Allow server status reports generated by mod_status, # with the URL of http://servername/server-status # Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable. # #<Location /server-status> # SetHandler server-status # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Location> # # Allow remote server configuration reports, with the URL of # http://servername/server-info (requires that mod_info.c be loaded). # Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable. # #<Location /server-info> # SetHandler server-info # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Location> # # Proxy Server directives. Uncomment the following lines to # enable the proxy server: # #<IfModule mod_proxy.c> #ProxyRequests On # #<Proxy *> # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Proxy> # # Enable/disable the handling of HTTP/1.1 "Via:" headers. # ("Full" adds the server version; "Block" removes all outgoing Via: headers) # Set to one of: Off | On | Full | Block # #ProxyVia On # # To enable a cache of proxied content, uncomment the following lines. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_cache.html for more details. # #<IfModule mod_disk_cache.c> # CacheEnable disk / # CacheRoot "/var/cache/mod_proxy" #</IfModule> # #</IfModule> # End of proxy directives. ### Section 3: Virtual Hosts # # VirtualHost: If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # NOTE: NameVirtualHost cannot be used without a port specifier # (e.g. :80) if mod_ssl is being used, due to the nature of the # SSL protocol. # # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for requests without a known # server name. # #<VirtualHost *:80> # ServerAdmin [email protected] # DocumentRoot /www/docs/dummy-host.example.com # ServerName dummy-host.example.com # ErrorLog logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log # CustomLog logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log common #</VirtualHost> # domain: mysite.com # public: /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/ <VirtualHost *:80> # Admin email, Server Name (domain name) and any aliases ServerAdmin [email protected] ServerName mysite.com ServerAlias www.mysite.com # Index file and Document Root (where the public files are located) DirectoryIndex index.html DocumentRoot /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/public # Custom log file locations LogLevel warn ErrorLog /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/log/error.log CustomLog /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/log/access.log combined </VirtualHost>

    Read the article

  • These are few objective type questions which i was not able to find the solution [closed]

    - by Tarun
    1. Which of the following advantages does System.Collections.IDictionaryEnumerator provide over System.Collections.IEnumerator? a. It adds properties for direct access to both the Key and the Value b. It is optimized to handle the structure of a Dictionary. c. It provides properties to determine if the Dictionary is enumerated in Key or Value order d. It provides reverse lookup methods to distinguish a Key from a specific Value 2. When Implementing System.EnterpriseServices.ServicedComponent derived classes, which of the following statements are true? a. Enabling object pooling requires an attribute on the class and the enabling of pooling in the COM+ catalog. b. Methods can be configured to automatically mark a transaction as complete by the use of attributes. c. You can configure authentication using the AuthenticationOption when the ActivationMode is set to Library. d. You can control the lifecycle policy of an individual instance using the SetLifetimeService method. 3. Which of the following are true regarding event declaration in the code below? class Sample { event MyEventHandlerType MyEvent; } a. MyEventHandlerType must be derived from System.EventHandler or System.EventHandler<TEventArgs> b. MyEventHandlerType must take two parameters, the first of the type Object, and the second of a class derived from System.EventArgs c. MyEventHandlerType may have a non-void return type d. If MyEventHandlerType is a generic type, event declaration must use a specialization of that type. e. MyEventHandlerType cannot be declared static 4. Which of the following statements apply to developing .NET code, using .NET utilities that are available with the SDK or Visual Studio? a. Developers can create assemblies directly from the MSIL Source Code. b. Developers can examine PE header information in an assembly. c. Developers can generate XML Schemas from class definitions contained within an assembly. d. Developers can strip all meta-data from managed assemblies. e. Developers can split an assembly into multiple assemblies. 5. Which of the following characteristics do classes in the System.Drawing namespace such as Brush,Font,Pen, and Icon share? a. They encapsulate native resource and must be properly Disposed to prevent potential exhausting of resources. b. They are all MarshalByRef derived classes, but functionality across AppDomains has specific limitations. c. You can inherit from these classes to provide enhanced or customized functionality 6. Which of the following are required to be true by objects which are going to be used as keys in a System.Collections.HashTable? a. They must handle case-sensitivity identically in both the GetHashCode() and Equals() methods. b. Key objects must be immutable for the duration they are used within a HashTable. c. Get HashCode() must be overridden to provide the same result, given the same parameters, regardless of reference equalityl unless the HashTable constructor is provided with an IEqualityComparer parameter. d. Each Element in a HashTable is stored as a Key/Value pair of the type System.Collections.DictionaryElement e. All of the above 7. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. A Nullable type is a structure. c. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. d. An implicit conversion exists from any nullable value type to a non-nullable form of that type. e. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 8. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 9. Which of the following does using Initializer Syntax with a collection as shown below require? CollectionClass numbers = new CollectionClass { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; a. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.ICollection<T> b. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.IList<T> c. Each of the Items in the Initializer List will be passed to the Add<T>(T item) method d. The items in the initializer will be treated as an IEnumerable<T> and passed to the collection constructor+K110 10. What impact will using implicitly typed local variables as in the following example have? var sample = "Hello World"; a. The actual type is determined at compilation time, and has no impact on the runtime b. The actual type is determined at runtime, and late binding takes effect c. The actual type is based on the native VARIANT concept, and no binding to a specific type takes place. d. "var" itself is a specific type defined by the framework, and no special binding takes place 11. Which of the following is not supported by remoting object types? a. well-known singleton b. well-known single call c. client activated d. context-agile 12. In which of the following ways do structs differ from classes? a. Structs can not implement interfaces b. Structs cannot inherit from a base struct c. Structs cannot have events interfaces d. Structs cannot have virtual methods 13. Which of the following is not an unboxing conversion? a. void Sample1(object o) { int i = (int)o; } b. void Sample1(ValueType vt) { int i = (int)vt; } c. enum E { Hello, World} void Sample1(System.Enum et) { E e = (E) et; } d. interface I { int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(I vt) { int i = vt.Value; } e. class C { public int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(C vt) { int i = vt.Value; } 14. Which of the following are characteristics of the System.Threading.Timer class? a. The method provided by the TimerCallback delegate will always be invoked on the thread which created the timer. b. The thread which creates the timer must have a message processing loop (i.e. be considered a UI thread) c. The class contains protection to prevent reentrancy to the method provided by the TimerCallback delegate d. You can receive notification of an instance being Disposed by calling an overload of the Dispose method. 15. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 16. Which of the following scenarios are applicable to Window Workflow Foundation? a. Document-centric workflows b. Human workflows c. User-interface page flows d. Builtin support for communications across multiple applications and/or platforms e. All of the above 17. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 18 While using the capabilities supplied by the System.Messaging classes, which of the following are true? a. Information must be explicitly converted to/from a byte stream before it uses the MessageQueue class b. Invoking the MessageQueue.Send member defaults to using the System.Messaging.XmlMessageFormatter to serialize the object. c. Objects must be XMLSerializable in order to be transferred over a MessageQueue instance. d. The first entry in a MessageQueue must be removed from the queue before the next entry can be accessed e. Entries removed from a MessageQueue within the scope of a transaction, will be pushed back into the front of the queue if the transaction fails. 19. Which of the following are true about declarative attributes? a. They must be inherited from the System.Attribute. b. Attributes are instantiated at the same time as instances of the class to which they are applied. c. Attribute classes may be restricted to be applied only to application element types. d. By default, a given attribute may be applied multiple times to the same application element. 20. When using version 3.5 of the framework in applications which emit a dynamic code, which of the following are true? a. A Partial trust code can not emit and execute a code b. A Partial trust application must have the SecurityCriticalAttribute attribute have called Assert ReflectionEmit permission c. The generated code no more permissions than the assembly which emitted it. d. It can be executed by calling System.Reflection.Emit.DynamicMethod( string name, Type returnType, Type[] parameterTypes ) without any special permissions Within Windows Workflow Foundation, Compensating Actions are used for: a. provide a means to rollback a failed transaction b. provide a means to undo a successfully committed transaction later c. provide a means to terminate an in process transaction d. achieve load balancing by adapting to the current activity 21. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 22. Which of the following controls allows the use of XSL to transform XML content into formatted content? a. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xml b. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xslt c. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Substitution d. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Transform 23. To which of the following do automatic properties refer? a. You declare (explicitly or implicitly) the accessibility of the property and get and set accessors, but do not provide any implementation or backing field b. You attribute a member field so that the compiler will generate get and set accessors c. The compiler creates properties for your class based on class level attributes d. They are properties which are automatically invoked as part of the object construction process 24. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. c. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 25. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection. c. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 26. When using an implicitly typed array, which of the following is most appropriate? a. All elements in the initializer list must be of the same type. b. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to a known type which is the actual type of at least one member in the initializer list c. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to common type which is a base type of the items actually in the list 27. Which of the following is false about anonymous types? a. They can be derived from any reference type. b. Two anonymous types with the same named parameters in the same order declared in different classes have the same type. c. All properties of an anonymous type are read/write. 28. Which of the following are true about Extension methods. a. They can be declared either static or instance members b. They must be declared in the same assembly (but may be in different source files) c. Extension methods can be used to override existing instance methods d. Extension methods with the same signature for the same class may be declared in multiple namespaces without causing compilation errors

    Read the article

  • Java JPanel not showing up....

    - by user69514
    I'm not sure what I am doing wrong, but the text for my JPanels is not showing up. I just get the question number text, but the question is not showing up. Any ideas what I am doing wrong? import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import javax.swing.*; import javax.swing.event.*; class NewFrame extends JFrame { JPanel centerpanel; // For the questions. CardLayout card; // For the centerpanel. JTextField tf; // Used in question 1. boolean // Store selections for Q2. q2Option1, q2Option2, q2Option3, q2Option4; JList q4List; // For question 4. double // Score on each question. q1Score = 0, q2Score = 0, q3Score = 0, q4Score = 0; // Constructor. public NewFrame (int width, int height) { this.setTitle ("Snoot Club Membership Test"); this.setResizable (true); this.setSize (width, height); Container cPane = this.getContentPane(); // cPane.setLayout (new BorderLayout()); // First, a welcome message, as a Label. JLabel L = new JLabel ("<html><b>Are you elitist enough for our exclusive club?" + " <br>Fill out the form and find out</b></html>"); L.setForeground (Color.blue); cPane.add (L, BorderLayout.NORTH); // Now the center panel with the questions. card = new CardLayout (); centerpanel = new JPanel (); centerpanel.setLayout (card); centerpanel.setOpaque (false); // Each question will be created in a separate method. // The cardlayout requires a label as second parameter. centerpanel.add (firstQuestion (), "1"); centerpanel.add (secondQuestion(), "2"); centerpanel.add (thirdQuestion(), "3"); centerpanel.add (fourthQuestion(), "4"); cPane.add (centerpanel, BorderLayout.CENTER); // Next, a panel of four buttons at the bottom. // The four buttons: quit, submit, next-question, previous-question. JPanel bottomPanel = getBottomPanel (); cPane.add (bottomPanel, BorderLayout.SOUTH); // Finally, show the frame. this.setVisible (true); } // No-parameter constructor. public NewFrame () { this (500, 300); } // The first question uses labels for the question and // gets input via a textfield. A panel containing all // these things is returned. The question asks for // a vacation destination: the more exotic the location, // the higher the score. JPanel firstQuestion () { // We will package everything into a panel and return the panel. JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); // We will place things in a single column, so // a GridLayout with one column is appropriate. subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (8,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 1:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" Select a vacation destination"); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); JLabel L3 = new JLabel (" 1. Baltimore"); L3.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L3); JLabel L4 = new JLabel (" 2. Disneyland"); L4.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L4); JLabel L5 = new JLabel (" 3. Grand Canyon"); L5.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L5); JLabel L6 = new JLabel (" 4. French Riviera"); L6.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L6); JLabel L7 = new JLabel ("Enter 1,2,3 or 4 below:"); L7.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L7); // Here's the textfield to get user-input. tf = new JTextField (); tf.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { // This interface has only one method. public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { String q1String = a.getActionCommand(); if (q1String.equals ("2")) q1Score = 2; else if (q1String.equals ("3")) q1Score = 3; else if (q1String.equals ("4")) q1Score = 4; else q1Score = 1; } } ); subpanel.add (tf); return subpanel; } // For the second question, a collection of checkboxes // will be used. More than one selection can be made. // A listener is required for each checkbox. The state // of each checkbox is recorded. JPanel secondQuestion () { JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (7,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 2:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" Select ONE OR MORE things that "); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); JLabel L3 = new JLabel (" you put into your lunch sandwich"); L3.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L3); // Initialize the selections to false. q2Option1 = q2Option2 = q2Option3 = q2Option4 = false; // First checkbox. JCheckBox c1 = new JCheckBox ("Ham, beef or turkey"); c1.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option1 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c1); // Second checkbox. JCheckBox c2 = new JCheckBox ("Cheese"); c2.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { // This is where we will react to a change in checkbox. public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option2 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c2); // Third checkbox. JCheckBox c3 = new JCheckBox ("Sun-dried Arugula leaves"); c3.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option3 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c3); // Fourth checkbox. JCheckBox c4 = new JCheckBox ("Lemon-enhanced smoked Siberian caviar"); c4.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JCheckBox c = (JCheckBox) i.getSource(); q2Option4 = c.isSelected(); } } ); subpanel.add (c4); return subpanel; } // The third question allows only one among four choices // to be selected. We will use radio buttons. JPanel thirdQuestion () { JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (6,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 3:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" And which mustard do you use?"); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); // First, create the ButtonGroup instance. // We will add radio buttons to this group. ButtonGroup bGroup = new ButtonGroup(); // First checkbox. JRadioButton r1 = new JRadioButton ("Who cares?"); r1.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 1; } } ); bGroup.add (r1); subpanel.add (r1); // Second checkbox. JRadioButton r2 = new JRadioButton ("Safeway Brand"); r2.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 2; } } ); bGroup.add (r2); subpanel.add (r2); // Third checkbox. JRadioButton r3 = new JRadioButton ("Fleishman's"); r3.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 3; } } ); bGroup.add (r3); subpanel.add (r3); // Fourth checkbox. JRadioButton r4 = new JRadioButton ("Grey Poupon"); r4.addItemListener ( new ItemListener () { public void itemStateChanged (ItemEvent i) { JRadioButton r = (JRadioButton) i.getSource(); if (r.isSelected()) q3Score = 4; } } ); bGroup.add (r4); subpanel.add (r4); return subpanel; } // For the fourth question we will use a drop-down Choice. JPanel fourthQuestion () { JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (); subpanel.setLayout (new GridLayout (3,1)); JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Question 4:"); L1.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); JLabel L2 = new JLabel (" Your movie preference, among these:"); L2.setFont (new Font ("SansSerif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); // Create a JList with options. String[] movies = { "Lethal Weapon IV", "Titanic", "Saving Private Ryan", "Le Art Movie avec subtitles"}; q4List = new JList (movies); q4Score = 1; q4List.addListSelectionListener ( new ListSelectionListener () { public void valueChanged (ListSelectionEvent e) { q4Score = 1 + q4List.getSelectedIndex(); } } ); subpanel.add (q4List); return subpanel; } void computeResult () { // Clear the center panel. centerpanel.removeAll(); // Create a new panel to display in the center. JPanel subpanel = new JPanel (new GridLayout (5,1)); // Score on question 1. JLabel L1 = new JLabel ("Score on question 1: " + q1Score); L1.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L1); // Score on question 2. if (q2Option1) q2Score += 1; if (q2Option2) q2Score += 2; if (q2Option3) q2Score += 3; if (q2Option4) q2Score += 4; q2Score = 0.6 * q2Score; JLabel L2 = new JLabel ("Score on question 2: " + q2Score); L2.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L2); // Score on question 3. JLabel L3 = new JLabel ("Score on question 3: " + q3Score); L3.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L3); // Score on question 4. JLabel L4 = new JLabel ("Score on question 4: " + q4Score); L4.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.ITALIC, 15)); subpanel.add (L4); // Weighted score. double avg = (q1Score + q2Score + q3Score + q4Score) / (double) 4; JLabel L5; if (avg <= 3.5) L5 = new JLabel ("Your average score: " + avg + " - REJECTED!"); else L5 = new JLabel ("Your average score: " + avg + " - WELCOME!"); L5.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.BOLD, 20)); //L5.setAlignment (JLabel.CENTER); subpanel.add (L5); // Now add the new subpanel. centerpanel.add (subpanel, "5"); // Need to mark the centerpanel as "altered" centerpanel.invalidate(); // Everything "invalid" (e.g., the centerpanel above) // is now re-computed. this.validate(); } JPanel getBottomPanel () { // Create a panel into which we will place buttons. JPanel bottomPanel = new JPanel (); // A "previous-question" button. JButton backward = new JButton ("Previous question"); backward.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); backward.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { // Go back in the card layout. card.previous (centerpanel); } } ); bottomPanel.add (backward); // A forward button. JButton forward = new JButton ("Next question"); forward.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); forward.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { // Go forward in the card layout. card.next (centerpanel); } } ); bottomPanel.add (forward); // A submit button. JButton submit = new JButton ("Submit"); submit.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); submit.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { // Perform submit task. computeResult(); } } ); bottomPanel.add (submit); JButton quitb = new JButton ("Quit"); quitb.setFont (new Font ("Serif", Font.PLAIN | Font.BOLD, 15)); quitb.addActionListener ( new ActionListener () { public void actionPerformed (ActionEvent a) { System.exit (0); } } ); bottomPanel.add (quitb); return bottomPanel; } } public class Survey { public static void main (String[] argv) { NewFrame nf = new NewFrame (600, 300); } }

    Read the article

  • Choosing a VS project type (C++)

    - by typoknig
    Hi all, I do not use C++ much (I try to stick to the easier stuff like Java and VB.NET), but the lately I have not had a choice. When I am picking a project type in VS for some C++ source I download, what project type should I pick? I had just been sticking with Win32 Console Applications, but I just downloaded some code (below) that will not work right even when it compiles with out errors. I have tried to use a CLR Console Application and an empty project too, and have changed many variables along the way, but I cannot get this code to work. I noticed that this code does not have "int main()" at its beginning, does that have something to do with it? Anyways, here is the code, got it from here: /* Demo of modified Lucas-Kanade optical flow algorithm. See the printf below */ #ifdef _CH_ #pragma package <opencv> #endif #ifndef _EiC #include "cv.h" #include "highgui.h" #include <stdio.h> #include <ctype.h> #endif #include <windows.h> #define FULL_IMAGE_AS_OUTPUT_FILE #define cvMirror cvFlip //IplImage *image = 0, *grey = 0, *prev_grey = 0, *pyramid = 0, *prev_pyramid = 0, *swap_temp; IplImage **buf = 0; IplImage *image1 = 0; IplImage *imageCopy=0; IplImage *image = 0; int win_size = 10; const int MAX_COUNT = 500; CvPoint2D32f* points[2] = {0,0}, *swap_points; char* status = 0; //int count = 0; //int need_to_init = 0; //int night_mode = 0; int flags = 0; //int add_remove_pt = 0; bool bLButtonDown = false; //bool bstopLoop = false; CvPoint pt, pt1,pt2; //IplImage* img1; FILE* FileDest; char* strImageDir = "E:\\Projects\\TSCreator\\Images"; char* strItemName = "b"; int imageCount=0; int bFirstFace = 1; // flag for first face int mode = 1; // Mode 1 - Haar Traing Sample Creation, 2 - HMM sample creation, Mode = 3 - Both Harr and HMM. //int startImgeNo = 1; bool isEqualRation = false; //Weidth to height ratio is equal //Selected Image data IplImage *selectedImage = 0; int selectedX = 0, selectedY = 0, currentImageNo = 0, selectedWidth = 0, selectedHeight= 0; CvRect selectedROI; void saveFroHarrTraining(IplImage *src, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageCount); void saveForHMMTraining(IplImage *src, CvRect roi,int imageCount); // Code for draw ROI Cropping Image void on_mouse( int event, int x, int y, int flags, void* param ) { char f[200]; CvRect reg; if( !image ) return; if( event == CV_EVENT_LBUTTONDOWN ) { bLButtonDown = true; pt1.x = x; pt1.y = y; } else if ( event == CV_EVENT_MOUSEMOVE ) //Draw the selected area rectangle { pt2.x = x; pt2.y = y; if(bLButtonDown) { if( !image1 ) { /* allocate all the buffers */ image1 = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(image), 8, 3 ); image1->origin = image->origin; points[0] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); points[1] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); status = (char*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT); flags = 0; } cvCopy( image, image1, 0 ); //Equal Weight-Height Ratio if(isEqualRation) { pt2.y = pt1.y + (pt2.x-pt1.x); } //Max Height and Width is the image width and height if(pt2.x>image->width) { pt2.x = image->width; } if(pt2.y>image->height) { pt2.y = image->height; } CvPoint InnerPt1 = pt1; CvPoint InnerPt2 = pt2; if ( InnerPt1.x > InnerPt2.x) { int tempX = InnerPt1.x; InnerPt1.x = InnerPt2.x; InnerPt2.x = tempX; } if ( pt2.y < InnerPt1.y ) { int tempY = InnerPt1.y; InnerPt1.y = InnerPt2.y; InnerPt2.y = tempY; } InnerPt1.y = image->height - InnerPt1.y; InnerPt2.y = image->height - InnerPt2.y; CvFont font; double hScale=1.0; double vScale=1.0; int lineWidth=1; cvInitFont(&font,CV_FONT_HERSHEY_SIMPLEX|CV_FONT_ITALIC, hScale,vScale,0,lineWidth); char size [200]; reg.x = pt1.x; reg.y = image->height - pt2.y; reg.height = abs (pt2.y - pt1.y); reg.width = InnerPt2.x -InnerPt1.x; //print width and heght of the selected reagion sprintf(size, "(%dx%d)",reg.width, reg.height); cvPutText (image1,size,cvPoint(10,10), &font, cvScalar(255,255,0)); cvRectangle(image1, InnerPt1, InnerPt2, CV_RGB(255,0,0), 1); //Mark Selected Reagion selectedImage = image; selectedX = pt1.x; selectedY = pt1.y; selectedWidth = reg.width; selectedHeight = reg.height; selectedROI = reg; //Show the modified image cvShowImage("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator",image1); } } else if ( event == CV_EVENT_LBUTTONUP ) { bLButtonDown = false; // pt2.x = x; // pt2.y = y; // // if ( pt1.x > pt2.x) // { // int tempX = pt1.x; // pt1.x = pt2.x; // pt2.x = tempX; // } // // if ( pt2.y < pt1.y ) // { // int tempY = pt1.y; // pt1.y = pt2.y; // pt2.y = tempY; // // } // //reg.x = pt1.x; //reg.y = image->height - pt2.y; // //reg.height = abs (pt2.y - pt1.y); ////reg.width = reg.height/3; //reg.width = pt2.x -pt1.x; ////reg.height = (2 * reg.width)/3; #ifdef FULL_IMAGE_AS_OUTPUT_FILE CvRect FullImageRect; FullImageRect.x = 0; FullImageRect.y = 0; FullImageRect.width = image->width; FullImageRect.height = image->height; IplImage *regionFullImage =0; regionFullImage = cvCreateImage(cvSize (FullImageRect.width, FullImageRect.height), image->depth, image->nChannels); image->roi = NULL; //cvSetImageROI (image, FullImageRect); //cvCopy (image, regionFullImage, 0); #else IplImage *region =0; region = cvCreateImage(cvSize (reg.width, reg.height), image1->depth, image1->nChannels); image->roi = NULL; cvSetImageROI (image1, reg); cvCopy (image1, region, 0); #endif //cvNamedWindow("Result", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); //selectedImage = image; //selectedX = pt1.x; //selectedY = pt1.y; //selectedWidth = reg.width; //selectedHeight = reg.height; ////currentImageNo = startImgeNo; //selectedROI = reg; /*if(mode == 1) { saveFroHarrTraining(image,pt1.x,pt1.y,reg.width,reg.height,startImgeNo); } else if(mode == 2) { saveForHMMTraining(image,reg,startImgeNo); } else if(mode ==3) { saveFroHarrTraining(image,pt1.x,pt1.y,reg.width,reg.height,startImgeNo); saveForHMMTraining(image,reg,startImgeNo); } else { printf("Invalid mode."); } startImgeNo++;*/ } } /* Save popsitive samples for Harr Training. Also add an entry to the PositiveSample.txt with the location of the item of interest. */ void saveFroHarrTraining(IplImage *src, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageCount) { char f[255] ; sprintf(f,"%s\\%s\\harr_%s%d%d.jpg",strImageDir,strItemName,strItemName,imageCount/10, imageCount%10); cvNamedWindow("Harr", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); cvShowImage("Harr", src); cvSaveImage(f, src); printf("output%d%d \t ", imageCount/10, imageCount%10); printf("width %d \t", width); printf("height %d \t", height); printf("x1 %d \t", x); printf("y1 %d \t\n", y); char f1[255]; sprintf(f1,"%s\\PositiveSample.txt",strImageDir); FileDest = fopen(f1, "a"); fprintf(FileDest, "%s\\harr_%s%d.jpg 1 %d %d %d %d \n",strItemName,strItemName, imageCount, x, y, width, height); fclose(FileDest); } /* Create Sample Images for HMM recognition algorythm trai ning. */ void saveForHMMTraining(IplImage *src, CvRect roi,int imageCount) { char f[255] ; printf("x=%d, y=%d, w= %d, h= %d\n",roi.x,roi.y,roi.width,roi.height); //Create the file name sprintf(f,"%s\\%s\\hmm_%s%d.pgm",strImageDir,strItemName,strItemName, imageCount); //Create storage for grayscale image IplImage* gray = cvCreateImage(cvSize(roi.width,roi.height), 8, 1); //Create storage for croped reagon IplImage* regionFullImage = cvCreateImage(cvSize(roi.width,roi.height),8,3); //Croped marked region cvSetImageROI(src,roi); cvCopy(src,regionFullImage); cvResetImageROI(src); //Flip croped image - otherwise it will saved upside down cvConvertImage(regionFullImage, regionFullImage, CV_CVTIMG_FLIP); //Convert croped image to gray scale cvCvtColor(regionFullImage,gray, CV_BGR2GRAY); //Show final grayscale image cvNamedWindow("HMM", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); cvShowImage("HMM", gray); //Save final grayscale image cvSaveImage(f, gray); } int maina( int argc, char** argv ) { CvCapture* capture = 0; //if( argc == 1 || (argc == 2 && strlen(argv[1]) == 1 && isdigit(argv[1][0]))) // capture = cvCaptureFromCAM( argc == 2 ? argv[1][0] - '0' : 0 ); //else if( argc == 2 ) // capture = cvCaptureFromAVI( argv[1] ); char* video; if(argc ==7) { mode = atoi(argv[1]); strImageDir = argv[2]; strItemName = argv[3]; video = argv[4]; currentImageNo = atoi(argv[5]); int a = atoi(argv[6]); if(a==1) { isEqualRation = true; } else { isEqualRation = false; } } else { printf("\nUsage: TSCreator.exe <Mode> <Sample Image Save Path> <Sample Image Save Directory> <Video File Location> <Start Image No> <Is Equal Ratio>\n"); printf("Mode = 1 - Haar Traing Sample Creation. \nMode = 2 - HMM sample creation.\nMode = 3 - Both Harr and HMM\n"); printf("Is Equal Ratio = 0 or 1. 1 - Equal weidth and height, 0 - custom."); printf("Note: You have to create the image save directory in correct path first.\n"); printf("Eg: TSCreator.exe 1 E:\Projects\TSCreator\Images A 11.avi 1 1\n\n"); return 0; } capture = cvCaptureFromAVI(video); if( !capture ) { fprintf(stderr,"Could not initialize capturing...\n"); return -1; } cvNamedWindow("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", CV_WINDOW_AUTOSIZE); cvSetMouseCallback("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", on_mouse, 0); //cvShowImage("Test", image1); for(;;) { IplImage* frame = 0; int i, k, c; frame = cvQueryFrame( capture ); if( !frame ) break; if( !image ) { /* allocate all the buffers */ image = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 3 ); image->origin = frame->origin; //grey = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); //prev_grey = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); //pyramid = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); // prev_pyramid = cvCreateImage( cvGetSize(frame), 8, 1 ); points[0] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); points[1] = (CvPoint2D32f*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT*sizeof(points[0][0])); status = (char*)cvAlloc(MAX_COUNT); flags = 0; } cvCopy( frame, image, 0 ); // cvCvtColor( image, grey, CV_BGR2GRAY ); cvShowImage("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", image); cvSetMouseCallback("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator", on_mouse, 0); c = cvWaitKey(0); if((char)c == 's') { //Save selected reagion as training data if(selectedImage) { printf("Selected Reagion Saved\n"); if(mode == 1) { saveFroHarrTraining(selectedImage,selectedX,selectedY,selectedWidth,selectedHeight,currentImageNo); } else if(mode == 2) { saveForHMMTraining(selectedImage,selectedROI,currentImageNo); } else if(mode ==3) { saveFroHarrTraining(selectedImage,selectedX,selectedY,selectedWidth,selectedHeight,currentImageNo); saveForHMMTraining(selectedImage,selectedROI,currentImageNo); } else { printf("Invalid mode."); } currentImageNo++; } } } cvReleaseCapture( &capture ); //cvDestroyWindow("HMM-Harr Positive Image Creator"); cvDestroyAllWindows(); return 0; } #ifdef _EiC main(1,"lkdemo.c"); #endif If I put... #include "stdafx.h" int _tmain(int argc, _TCHAR* argv[]) { return 0; } ... before the previous code (and link it to the correct OpenCV .lib files) it compiles without errors, but does nothing at the command line. How do I make it work?

    Read the article

  • Full Screen Video Tumblr

    - by Kodi Lane
    I have a tumblr theme seen on http://www.kodilane.com and i am trying to make my Video Posts full screen. I have tried editing the code but i can only get the pictures to stretch. I have attached the template i have so far, if you can spot the changes that need to be done to make the video posts stretch full screen like the pictures do i would really appreciate it. Thank You - Kodi <!DOCTYPE html> <html lang="en"> <head> <title>{Title} {block:PostSummary}- {PostSummary}{/block:PostSummary}</title> <link rel="shortcut icon" href="{Favicon}"> <link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" href="{RSS}"> {block:Description} <meta name="description" content="{MetaDescription}" /> {/block:Description} <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> {block:Posts} <meta name="if:Reverse Description" content="0"/> <meta name="if:Include Attribution" content="1"/> <meta name="image:Background" content="http://static.tumblr.com/ffvtarv/QxLlmnswt/kims4.jpeg"/> <meta name="font:Body" content="Arial, Helvetica, sans"/> <meta name="color:Body Text" content="#fff"/> <meta name="color:Link" content="#d5d5d5"/> <meta name="color:Hover" content="#fff"/> <style type="text/css"> html, body, div, span, applet, object, iframe, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, p, blockquote, pre, a, abbr, acronym, address, big, cite, code, del, dfn, em, img, ins, kbd, q, s, samp, small, strike, strong, sub, sup, tt, var, b, u, i, center, dl, dt, dd, ol, ul, li, fieldset, form, label, legend, table, caption, tbody, tfoot, thead, tr, th, td, article, aside, canvas, details, embed, figure, figcaption, footer, header, hgroup, menu, nav, output, ruby, section, summary, time, mark, audio, video { margin: 0; padding: 0; border: 0; font-size: 100%; font: inherit; vertical-align: baseline; } /* HTML5 display-role reset for older browsers */ article, aside, details, figcaption, figure, footer, header, hgroup, menu, nav, section { display: block; } body { line-height: 1; font-family: {font:Body}; } ol, ul, .bigcats li { list-style: none; } .main ol{ list-style:decimal; margin-left:25px; margin-bottom:10px; } .main ul{ list-style: disc; margin-left:25px; margin-bottom:10px; } blockquote, q { quotes: none; font-style: italic; padding:7px 7px; display:block; } ol.notes blockquote a{ line-height:22px; } blockquote:before, blockquote:after, q:before, q:after { content: ''; content: none; } table { border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0; } strong{ color:#9d9d9d; font-weight: bold; } em{ font-style: italic; } {block:IfNotReverseDescription} .article{ max-width:420px; position:fixed; bottom:43px; right:0; } {/block:IfNotReverseDescription} {block:IfReverseDescription} .article{ max-width:420px; position:fixed; bottom:43px; left:0; } {/block:IfReverseDescription} h1, h2{ position:absolute; top:-9999px; left:-9999px; } .nav{ width:100%; padding: 10px 0px 10px 0px; text-align:left; z-index: 10; color:{color:Link}; margin-left:5px; } .navwrap{ background-color:#000; position:fixed; width:100%; bottom:0px; clear:both; /* Firefox 3.6+ */ background: -moz-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .5), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8)); /* Safari 4-5, Chrome 1-9 */ background: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, right top, from(rgba(0, 0, 0, .5)), to(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8))); /* Safari 5.1+, Chrome 10+ */ background: -webkit-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .5), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8)); /* Opera 11.10+ */ background: -o-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .5), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8)); padding-bottom:2px; box-shadow:0px 0px 3px #000000; } .nav ul li{ display:inline; font-size:13px; text-transform:uppercase; color:{color:Link}; list-style:none; text-align:center; } .nav li{ list-style: none; } .nav ul li a, .nav ul li a:visited { color:{color:Link}; padding: 10px 10px 3px 10px; } .nav ul li a:hover{ color:{color:Hover}; } a{ text-decoration:none; } .main a{ border-bottom: 1px {color:Link} dotted; color: {color:Link}; padding: 0 1px; } .main a:hover, .main a:focus{ color:{color:Hover}; border-bottom: transparent 1px solid; } a:visited, .main a:visited, { color: {color:Link}; } a:active {outline: none;} ol.notes, ol.notes li{ margin-bottom:2px; line-height:16px; } .audiometa{ padding-bottom:10px; } h3.push{ margin-bottom:10px; } h3{ margin-bottom:10px; } h3 a{ margin-bottom:10px; font-size:16px; color:{color:Hover}; } .main, .tags{ color:{color:Body Text}; display:block; padding: 15px; font-size: 12px; line-height: 16px; text-align: left; /* fallback */ background-color: #000; /* Firefox 3.6+ */ background: -moz-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .8), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6)); /* Safari 4-5, Chrome 1-9 */ background: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, right top, from(rgba(0, 0, 0, .8)), to(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6))); /* Safari 5.1+, Chrome 10+ */ background: -webkit-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .8), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6)); /* Opera 11.10+ */ background: -o-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .8), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6)); margin-top:5px; box-shadow:0px 0px 3px #000000 } .tags{ padding: 5px 15px; padding-bottom:7px; } .main iframe, .main embed{ margin-left:-5px; margin-top:-5px; } a.more-link, .tags a, .meta a{ line-height:18px; font-size:10px; border-bottom: 1px #888 dotted; color: {color:Link}; padding: 0 1px; margin: 0 2px; } p.meta{ margin-bottom:5px; } .tags a:hover, a.more-link:hover{ color:{color:Hover}; border-bottom: 1px #FFF dotted; } .pagination{ color: {color:Body Text}; padding: 10px 15px; font-size: 10px; line-height: 16px; text-align: left; /* fallback */ background-color: #000; /* Firefox 3.6+ */ background: -moz-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .8), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6)); /* Safari 4-5, Chrome 1-9 */ background: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, right top, from(rgba(0, 0, 0, .8)), to(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6))); /* Safari 5.1+, Chrome 10+ */ background: -webkit-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .8), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6)); /* Opera 11.10+ */ background: -o-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .8), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.6)); margin-top:5px; box-shadow:0px 0px 3px #000000 } .pagination:hover{ /* Firefox 3.6+ */ background: -moz-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .6), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8)); /* Safari 4-5, Chrome 1-9 */ background: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, right top, from(rgba(0, 0, 0, .6)), to(rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8))); /* Safari 5.1+, Chrome 10+ */ background: -webkit-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .6), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8)); /* Opera 11.10+ */ background: -o-linear-gradient(left, rgba(0, 0, 0, .6), rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.8)); } #nextslide { width:48%; height:100%; background: url(http://static.tumblr.com/szanjxb/vI6lmo15u/forward.png) no-repeat right center, url(http://static.tumblr.com/ffvtarv/gemlmnsks/next-shadow.png) repeat-y right; position:fixed; top:0; right:0; float:left; opacity:0; filter:alpha(opacity=0); -webkit-transition: opacity .5s ease-out; -moz-transition: opacity .5s ease-out; -o-transition: opacity .5s ease-out; overflow:none; } p{ margin-bottom: 10px; } p:last-child{ margin-bottom: 0px; } #prevslide{ width:48%; float:left; height:100%; background: url(http://static.tumblr.com/szanjxb/MSClmo15g/back.png) no-repeat left center, url(http://static.tumblr.com/ffvtarv/bKulmnsl6/prev-shadow.png) repeat-y left; position:fixed; top: 0; left: 0; opacity:0; filter:alpha(opacity=0); -webkit-transition: opacity .5s ease-out; -moz-transition: opacity .5s ease-out; -o-transition: opacity .5s ease-out; } #nextslide:hover, #prevslide:hover{ filter:alpha(opacity=100); opacity:1.0; -webkit-transition: opacity .2s ease-out; -moz-transition: opacity .2s ease-out; -o-transition: opacity .2s ease-out; } p.time{ padding-bottom:10px; margin-bottom:10px; text-align: right; } .left{ float:left; } .right{ float:right; } .button{ position:fixed; bottom: 9px; right: 15px; line-height:12px; font-size:13px; color:{color:Link}; cursor: pointer; float:left; padding-bottom:1px; border-bottom: 2px solid transparent; } .button:hover{ color:{color:Link}; } .notes{ line-height: 11px; } ol.notes li{ list-style: none; } .clear { clear: both; display: block; overflow: hidden; visibility: hidden; width: 0; height: 0; } .hidden{ display:none; } {block:Photo} body {background: url({PhotoURL-HighRes}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {/block:Photo} {block:Text} body {background: url({image:Background}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {/block:Text} {block:Video} body {background: url({image:Background}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {/block:Video} {block:Quote} body {background: url({image:Background}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {/block:Quote} {block:Link} body {background: url({image:Background}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {/block:Link} {block:Audio} body {background: url({image:Background}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {block:AlbumArt} body{ background: url({AlbumArtURL}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover; } {/block:AlbumArt} {/block:Audio} {block:Answer} body {background: url({image:Background}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {/block:Answer} {block:Chat} body {background: url({image:Background}) no-repeat center center fixed black; -webkit-background-size: cover; -moz-background-size: cover; -o-background-size: cover; background-size: cover;} {/block:Chat} {CustomCSS} </style> <script src="http://static.tumblr.com/ffvtarv/W6Llmnske/jquery-git.js"></script> <script src="http://static.tumblr.com/ffvtarv/QpUlmnsje/jquery.cookie.js"></script> <script> var uiStatus = $.cookie("uiStatus") $(document).ready(function(){ if(uiStatus == 'hidden') { $(".article,.navwrap").hide() }; $(".button").click(function () { $(".article,.navwrap").fadeToggle("slow", "swing"); if(uiStatus == 'hidden') { $.cookie("uiStatus", "visible"); } else { $.cookie("uiStatus", "hidden"); }; }); }); </script> </head> <h1><a href="/">{Title}</a></h1> <h2>{Description}</h2> <!-- Main Side Navigation --> {block:Pagination} {block:PreviousPage} <a href="{PreviousPage}" title="Next Post"><div id="nextslide"></div></a> {/block:PreviousPage} {block:NextPage} <a href="{NextPage}" title="Previous Post"><div id="prevslide"></div></a> {/block:NextPage} {/block:Pagination} {block:PermalinkPagination} {block:PreviousPost} <a href="{PreviousPost}" title="Previous Post"><div id="prevslide"></div></a> {/block:PreviousPost} {block:NextPost} <a href="{NextPost}" title="Next Post"><div id="nextslide"></div></a> {/block:NextPost} {/block:PermalinkPagination} <div class="article"> {block:Pagination} {block:PreviousPage} <a href="{PreviousPage}" title="Newer Post"><div class="pagination">Newer Post</div></a> {/block:PreviousPage} {block:NextPage} <a href="{NextPage}" title="Older Post"><div class="pagination">Older Post</div></a> {/block:NextPage} {/block:Pagination} {block:PermalinkPagination} {block:NextPost} <a href="{NextPost}" title="Newer Post"><div class="pagination">Newer Post</div></a> {/block:NextPost} {block:PreviousPost} <a href="{PreviousPost}" title="Older Post"><div class="pagination">Older Post</div></a> {/block:PreviousPost} {/block:PermalinkPagination} {block:HasTags} <div class="tags"> {block:Tags} <a href="{TagURL}">{Tag}</a> {/block:Tags} </div> {/block:HasTags} <div class="main"> {block:Photo} {block:Caption} {Caption} {/block:Caption} {/block:Photo} {block:Video} {Video-400} {block:Caption} {Caption} {/block:Caption} {/block:Video} {block:Link} <h3><a href="{URL}" target="{Target}">{Name}</a></h3> {block:Description} {Description} {/block:Description} {/block:Link} {block:Quote} <h3>{Quote}</h3> {block:Source} <strong><p>{Source}</p></strong> {/block:Source} {/block:Quote} {block:Audio} {AudioPlayerBlack} <div class="audiometa"> {block:Artist} {Artist} {/block:Artist} {block:Album} {Album} {/block:Album} {block:TrackName} {TrackName} {/block:TrackName} </div> {block:Caption} {Caption} {/block:Caption} {/block:Audio} {block:Chat} <h3 class="push">{Title}</h3> {block:Lines} <p class="chat {Alt}"><strong>{block:Label}{Label}{/block:Label}</strong> {Line}</p> {/block:Lines} {/block:Chat} {block:Text} {Body} {block:Text} <p class="meta"> <a href="http://tmv.proto.jp/reblog.php?post_url={Permalink};" title="Reblog this" class="more-link left">Reblog</a> <span class="hidden">{block:Photo}{LinkOpenTag}Source{LinkCloseTag}{/block:Photo}</span> <a href="{Permalink}" title="Permalink{PhotoAlt}" class="more-link right notes">{NoteCountWithLabel}</a> </p> <div class="clear"></div> </div> </div> <script type="text/javascript"> document.onkeyup = KeyCheck; function KeyCheck(e) { var KeyID = (window.event) ? event.keyCode : e.keyCode; switch(KeyID) { {block:Pagination} {block:PreviousPage} case 39: window.location = "{PreviousPage}"; break; {/block:PreviousPage} {block:NextPage} case 37: window.location = "{NextPage}"; break; {/block:NextPage} {/block:Pagination} {block:PermalinkPagination} {block:PreviousPost} case 39: window.location = "{NextPost}"; break; {/block:PreviousPost} {block:NextPost} case 37: window.location = "{PreviousPost}"; break; {/block:NextPost} {/block:PermalinkPagination} } } </script> <div class="navwrap"> <div class="nav"> <ul> <li><a href="/" title="{Title}">KODI LANE</a></li> <li><a href="/archive" title="Archive of posts">Archive</a></li> {block:AskEnabled}<li><a href="/ask" title="Ask">{AskLabel}</a></li>{/block:AskEnabled} {block:SubmissionsEnabled}<li><a href="/submit" title="Submit">{SubmitLabel}</a></li>{/block:SubmissionsEnabled} {block:HasPages}{block:Pages}<li><a href="{URL}">{Label}</a></li>{/block:Pages}{/block:HasPages} {block:IfIncludeAttribution}<li><a href="http://jonathanhaggard.com/">Theme by Jon</a></li>{/block:IfIncludeAttribution} </ul> </div> </div> <div class="button">HIDE/SHOW UI</div> {/block:Posts}

    Read the article

  • Thread not behaving correctly

    - by ivor
    Hello, I wonder if anyone can help me to understand where I could be going wrong with this code; Basically I'm working on a turorial and calling the class below from another class - and it is getting the following error; Exception in thread "Thread-1" java.lang.NullPointerException at org.newdawn.spaceinvaders.TCPChat.run(TCPChat.java:322) at java.lang.Thread.run(Unknown Source) I realise the error is beibg flagged in another class- but I have tested the other class with a small class which sets up a separate thread - and it works fine, but as soon as I try and implement a new thread in this class - it causes all sorts of problems. Am I setting up the thread correctly in this class? Basically I can set up a thread in this class, with a test loop and it's fine, but when I bring in the functionality of the rest of the game it sometimes hangs, or does not display at all. Any suggestions on where I could be going wrong would be greatly appreciated. Thanks for looking. package org.newdawn.spaceinvaders; import java.awt.BorderLayout; import java.awt.Canvas; import java.awt.Color; import java.awt.Dimension; import java.awt.FlowLayout; import java.awt.Graphics2D; import java.awt.GridLayout; import java.awt.event.ActionEvent; import java.awt.event.ActionListener; import java.awt.event.KeyAdapter; import java.awt.event.KeyEvent; import java.awt.event.WindowAdapter; import java.awt.event.WindowEvent; import java.awt.image.BufferStrategy; import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.Scanner; import java.awt.*;//maybe not needed import javax.swing.*;//maybenot needed import java.util.Random; //import java.io.*; /** * The main hook of our game. This class with both act as a manager * for the display and central mediator for the game logic. * * Display management will consist of a loop that cycles round all * entities in the game asking them to move and then drawing them * in the appropriate place. With the help of an inner class it * will also allow the player to control the main ship. * * As a mediator it will be informed when entities within our game * detect events (e.g. alient killed, played died) and will take * appropriate game actions. * * @author Kevin Glass */ public class Game extends Canvas implements Runnable{ /** The stragey that allows us to use accelerate page flipping */ private BufferStrategy strategy; /** True if the game is currently "running", i.e. the game loop is looping */ private boolean gameRunning = true; /** The list of all the entities that exist in our game */ private ArrayList entities = new ArrayList(); /** The list of entities that need to be removed from the game this loop */ private ArrayList removeList = new ArrayList(); /** The entity representing the player */ private Entity ship; /** The speed at which the player's ship should move (pixels/sec) */ private double moveSpeed = 300; /** The time at which last fired a shot */ private long lastFire = 0; /** The interval between our players shot (ms) */ private long firingInterval = 500; /** The number of aliens left on the screen */ private int alienCount; /** The number of levels progressed */ private double levelCount; /** high score for the user */ private int highScore; /** high score for the user */ private String player = "bob"; //private GetUserInput getPlayer; /** The list of entities that need to be removed from the game this loop */ /** The message to display which waiting for a key press */ private String message = ""; /** True if we're holding up game play until a key has been pressed */ private boolean waitingForKeyPress = true; /** True if the left cursor key is currently pressed */ private boolean leftPressed = false; /** True if the right cursor key is currently pressed */ private boolean rightPressed = false; /** True if we are firing */ private boolean firePressed = false; /** True if game logic needs to be applied this loop, normally as a result of a game event */ private boolean logicRequiredThisLoop = false; //private Thread cThread = new Thread(this); //public Thread t = new Thread(this); //private Thread g = new Thread(this); void setHighscore(int setHS) { highScore = setHS; } public int getHighscore() { return highScore; } public void setPlayer(String setPlayer) { player = setPlayer; } public String getPlayer() { return player; } public void run() { //setup(); System.out.println("hello im running bob"); /*int count = 1; do { System.out.println("Count is: " + count); count++; try{Thread.sleep(1);} catch(InterruptedException e){} } while (count <= 2000000);*/ //Game g =new Game(); //Game g = this; // Start the main game loop, note: this method will not // return until the game has finished running. Hence we are // using the actual main thread to run the game. //setup(); //this.gameLoop(); //try{thread.sleep(1);} //catch{InterruptedException e} } /** * Construct our game and set it running. */ public Game () { //Thread t = new Thread(this);//set up new thread for invaders game //t.run();//run the run method of the game //Game g =new Game(); //setup(); //Thread t = new Thread(this); //thread.start(); //SwingUtilities.invokeLater(this); Thread er = new Thread(this); er.start(); } public void setup(){ //initialise highscore setHighscore(0); // create a frame to contain our game JFrame container = new JFrame("Space Invaders 101"); // get hold the content of the frame and set up the resolution of the game JPanel panel = (JPanel) container.getContentPane(); panel.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(800,600)); //panel.setLayout(null); // setup our canvas size and put it into the content of the frame setBounds(0,0,800,600); panel.add(this); // Tell AWT not to bother repainting our canvas since we're // going to do that our self in accelerated mode setIgnoreRepaint(true); // finally make the window visible container.pack(); container.setResizable(false); container.setVisible(true); // add a listener to respond to the user closing the window. If they // do we'd like to exit the game container.addWindowListener(new WindowAdapter() { public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e) { //cThread.interrupt(); System.exit(0); } }); // add a key input system (defined below) to our canvas // so we can respond to key pressed addKeyListener(new KeyInputHandler()); // request the focus so key events come to us requestFocus(); // create the buffering strategy which will allow AWT // to manage our accelerated graphics createBufferStrategy(2); strategy = getBufferStrategy(); // initialise the entities in our game so there's something // to see at startup initEntities(); } /** * Start a fresh game, this should clear out any old data and * create a new set. */ private void startGame() { // clear out any existing entities and intialise a new set entities.clear(); initEntities(); //initialise highscore setHighscore(0); // blank out any keyboard settings we might currently have leftPressed = false; rightPressed = false; firePressed = false; } /** * Initialise the starting state of the entities (ship and aliens). Each * entitiy will be added to the overall list of entities in the game. */ //private void initEntities() { public void initEntities() { Random randomAlien = new Random(); // create the player ship and place it roughly in the center of the screen //ship = new ShipEntity(this,"sprites/ship.gif",370,550);//orignal ship = new ShipEntity(this,"sprites/ship.gif",700,300);//changed postioning to right hand side entities.add(ship); // create a block of aliens (5 rows, by 12 aliens, spaced evenly) alienCount = 0; levelCount = 1.02; for (int row=0;row<7;row++) {//altered number of rows for (int x=0;x<5;x++) { int r = randomAlien.nextInt(100);//loop added to produce random aliens if (r < 50){ //Entity alien = new AlienEntity(this,"sprites/alien.gif",/*100+*/(x*50),(50)+row*30); Entity alien = new AlienEntity(this,"sprites/alien.gif",100+(x*90),(12)+row*85); entities.add(alien); alienCount++; } } } } //private void initEntities() { public void initAlienEntities() { Random randomAlien = new Random(); // create the player ship and place it roughly in the center of the screen //ship = new ShipEntity(this,"sprites/ship.gif",370,550);//orignal //ship = new ShipEntity(this,"sprites/ship.gif",700,300);//changed postioning to right hand side //entities.add(ship); // create a block of aliens (5 rows, by 12 aliens, spaced evenly) alienCount = 0; levelCount = levelCount + 0.10;//this increases the speed on every level for (int row=0;row<7;row++) {//altered number of rows for (int x=0;x<5;x++) { int r = randomAlien.nextInt(100);//loop added to produce random aliens if (r < 50){//randome check to show alien //Entity alien = new AlienEntity(this,"sprites/alien.gif",/*100+*/(x*50),(50)+row*30); Entity alien = new AlienEntity(this,"sprites/alien.gif",-250+(x*90),(12)+row*85); entities.add(alien); alienCount++; } } } advanceAlienSpeed(levelCount); } /** * Notification from a game entity that the logic of the game * should be run at the next opportunity (normally as a result of some * game event) */ public void updateLogic() { logicRequiredThisLoop = true; } /** * Remove an entity from the game. The entity removed will * no longer move or be drawn. * * @param entity The entity that should be removed */ public void removeEntity(Entity entity) { removeList.add(entity); } /** * Notification that the player has died. */ public void notifyDeath() { message = "Oh no! They got you, try again?"; waitingForKeyPress = true; } /** * Notification that the player has won since all the aliens * are dead. */ public void notifyWin() { message = "Well done! You Win!"; waitingForKeyPress = true; } /** * Notification that an alien has been killed */ public void notifyAlienKilled() { // reduce the alient count, if there are none left, the player has won! alienCount--; if (alienCount == 0) { //notifyWin();win not relevant here... this.initAlienEntities();//call fresh batch of aliens } // if there are still some aliens left then they all need to get faster, so // speed up all the existing aliens advanceAlienSpeed(1.30); } public void advanceAlienSpeed(double speed) { // if there are still some aliens left then they all need to get faster, so // speed up all the existing aliens for (int i=0;i<entities.size();i++) { Entity entity = (Entity) entities.get(i); if (entity instanceof AlienEntity) { // speed up by 2% entity.setHorizontalMovement(entity.getHorizontalMovement() * speed); //entity.setVerticalMovement(entity.getVerticalMovement() * 1.02); } } } /** * Attempt to fire a shot from the player. Its called "try" * since we must first check that the player can fire at this * point, i.e. has he/she waited long enough between shots */ public void tryToFire() { // check that we have waiting long enough to fire if (System.currentTimeMillis() - lastFire < firingInterval) { return; } // if we waited long enough, create the shot entity, and record the time. lastFire = System.currentTimeMillis(); ShotEntity shot = new ShotEntity(this,"sprites/shot.gif",ship.getX()+10,ship.getY()-30); entities.add(shot); } /** * The main game loop. This loop is running during all game * play as is responsible for the following activities: * <p> * - Working out the speed of the game loop to update moves * - Moving the game entities * - Drawing the screen contents (entities, text) * - Updating game events * - Checking Input * <p> */ public void gameLoop() { long lastLoopTime = System.currentTimeMillis(); // keep looping round til the game ends while (gameRunning) { // work out how long its been since the last update, this // will be used to calculate how far the entities should // move this loop long delta = System.currentTimeMillis() - lastLoopTime; lastLoopTime = System.currentTimeMillis(); // Get hold of a graphics context for the accelerated // surface and blank it out Graphics2D g = (Graphics2D) strategy.getDrawGraphics(); g.setColor(Color.black); g.fillRect(0,0,800,600); // cycle round asking each entity to move itself if (!waitingForKeyPress) { for (int i=0;i<entities.size();i++) { Entity entity = (Entity) entities.get(i); entity.move(delta); } } // cycle round drawing all the entities we have in the game for (int i=0;i<entities.size();i++) { Entity entity = (Entity) entities.get(i); entity.draw(g); } // brute force collisions, compare every entity against // every other entity. If any of them collide notify // both entities that the collision has occured for (int p=0;p<entities.size();p++) { for (int s=p+1;s<entities.size();s++) { Entity me = (Entity) entities.get(p); Entity him = (Entity) entities.get(s); if (me.collidesWith(him)) { me.collidedWith(him); him.collidedWith(me); } } } // remove any entity that has been marked for clear up entities.removeAll(removeList); removeList.clear(); // if a game event has indicated that game logic should // be resolved, cycle round every entity requesting that // their personal logic should be considered. if (logicRequiredThisLoop) { //g.drawString("Press any key",(800-g.getFontMetrics().stringWidth("Press any key"))/2,300); for (int i=0;i<entities.size();i++) { Entity entity = (Entity) entities.get(i); entity.doLogic(); } logicRequiredThisLoop = false; } // if we're waiting for an "any key" press then draw the // current message //show highscore at top of screen //show name at top of screen g.setColor(Color.white); g.drawString("Player : "+getPlayer()+" : Score : "+getHighscore(),20,20); if (waitingForKeyPress) { g.setColor(Color.white); g.drawString(message,(800-g.getFontMetrics().stringWidth(message))/2,250); g.drawString("Press any key",(800-g.getFontMetrics().stringWidth("Press any key"))/2,300); } // finally, we've completed drawing so clear up the graphics // and flip the buffer over g.dispose(); strategy.show(); // resolve the movement of the ship. First assume the ship // isn't moving. If either cursor key is pressed then // update the movement appropraitely ship.setVerticalMovement(0);//set to vertical movement if ((leftPressed) && (!rightPressed)) { ship.setVerticalMovement(-moveSpeed);//**took out setHorizaontalMOvement } else if ((rightPressed) && (!leftPressed)) { ship.setVerticalMovement(moveSpeed);//**took out setHorizaontalMOvement } // if we're pressing fire, attempt to fire if (firePressed) { tryToFire(); } // finally pause for a bit. Note: this should run us at about // 100 fps but on windows this might vary each loop due to // a bad implementation of timer try { Thread.sleep(10); } catch (Exception e) {} } } /** * A class to handle keyboard input from the user. The class * handles both dynamic input during game play, i.e. left/right * and shoot, and more static type input (i.e. press any key to * continue) * * This has been implemented as an inner class more through * habbit then anything else. Its perfectly normal to implement * this as seperate class if slight less convienient. * * @author Kevin Glass */ private class KeyInputHandler extends KeyAdapter { /** The number of key presses we've had while waiting for an "any key" press */ private int pressCount = 1; /** * Notification from AWT that a key has been pressed. Note that * a key being pressed is equal to being pushed down but *NOT* * released. Thats where keyTyped() comes in. * * @param e The details of the key that was pressed */ public void keyPressed(KeyEvent e) { // if we're waiting for an "any key" typed then we don't // want to do anything with just a "press" if (waitingForKeyPress) { return; } // if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_LEFT) { ////leftPressed = true; ///} //// if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_RIGHT) { //rightPressed = true; if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_UP) { leftPressed = true; } if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_DOWN) { rightPressed = true; } if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_SPACE) { firePressed = true; } } /** * Notification from AWT that a key has been released. * * @param e The details of the key that was released */ public void keyReleased(KeyEvent e) { // if we're waiting for an "any key" typed then we don't // want to do anything with just a "released" if (waitingForKeyPress) { return; } if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_UP) {//changed from VK_LEFT leftPressed = false; } if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_DOWN) {//changed from VK_RIGHT rightPressed = false; } if (e.getKeyCode() == KeyEvent.VK_SPACE) { firePressed = false; } } /** * Notification from AWT that a key has been typed. Note that * typing a key means to both press and then release it. * * @param e The details of the key that was typed. */ public void keyTyped(KeyEvent e) { // if we're waiting for a "any key" type then // check if we've recieved any recently. We may // have had a keyType() event from the user releasing // the shoot or move keys, hence the use of the "pressCount" // counter. if (waitingForKeyPress) { if (pressCount == 1) { // since we've now recieved our key typed // event we can mark it as such and start // our new game waitingForKeyPress = false; startGame(); pressCount = 0; } else { pressCount++; } } // if we hit escape, then quit the game if (e.getKeyChar() == 27) { //cThread.interrupt(); System.exit(0); } } } /** * The entry point into the game. We'll simply create an * instance of class which will start the display and game * loop. * * @param argv The arguments that are passed into our game */ //public static void main(String argv[]) { //Game g =new Game(); // Start the main game loop, note: this method will not // return until the game has finished running. Hence we are // using the actual main thread to run the game. //g.gameLoop(); //} }

    Read the article

  • What are good design practices when working with Entity Framework

    - by AD
    This will apply mostly for an asp.net application where the data is not accessed via soa. Meaning that you get access to the objects loaded from the framework, not Transfer Objects, although some recommendation still apply. This is a community post, so please add to it as you see fit. Applies to: Entity Framework 1.0 shipped with Visual Studio 2008 sp1. Why pick EF in the first place? Considering it is a young technology with plenty of problems (see below), it may be a hard sell to get on the EF bandwagon for your project. However, it is the technology Microsoft is pushing (at the expense of Linq2Sql, which is a subset of EF). In addition, you may not be satisfied with NHibernate or other solutions out there. Whatever the reasons, there are people out there (including me) working with EF and life is not bad.make you think. EF and inheritance The first big subject is inheritance. EF does support mapping for inherited classes that are persisted in 2 ways: table per class and table the hierarchy. The modeling is easy and there are no programming issues with that part. (The following applies to table per class model as I don't have experience with table per hierarchy, which is, anyway, limited.) The real problem comes when you are trying to run queries that include one or many objects that are part of an inheritance tree: the generated sql is incredibly awful, takes a long time to get parsed by the EF and takes a long time to execute as well. This is a real show stopper. Enough that EF should probably not be used with inheritance or as little as possible. Here is an example of how bad it was. My EF model had ~30 classes, ~10 of which were part of an inheritance tree. On running a query to get one item from the Base class, something as simple as Base.Get(id), the generated SQL was over 50,000 characters. Then when you are trying to return some Associations, it degenerates even more, going as far as throwing SQL exceptions about not being able to query more than 256 tables at once. Ok, this is bad, EF concept is to allow you to create your object structure without (or with as little as possible) consideration on the actual database implementation of your table. It completely fails at this. So, recommendations? Avoid inheritance if you can, the performance will be so much better. Use it sparingly where you have to. In my opinion, this makes EF a glorified sql-generation tool for querying, but there are still advantages to using it. And ways to implement mechanism that are similar to inheritance. Bypassing inheritance with Interfaces First thing to know with trying to get some kind of inheritance going with EF is that you cannot assign a non-EF-modeled class a base class. Don't even try it, it will get overwritten by the modeler. So what to do? You can use interfaces to enforce that classes implement some functionality. For example here is a IEntity interface that allow you to define Associations between EF entities where you don't know at design time what the type of the entity would be. public enum EntityTypes{ Unknown = -1, Dog = 0, Cat } public interface IEntity { int EntityID { get; } string Name { get; } Type EntityType { get; } } public partial class Dog : IEntity { // implement EntityID and Name which could actually be fields // from your EF model Type EntityType{ get{ return EntityTypes.Dog; } } } Using this IEntity, you can then work with undefined associations in other classes // lets take a class that you defined in your model. // that class has a mapping to the columns: PetID, PetType public partial class Person { public IEntity GetPet() { return IEntityController.Get(PetID,PetType); } } which makes use of some extension functions: public class IEntityController { static public IEntity Get(int id, EntityTypes type) { switch (type) { case EntityTypes.Dog: return Dog.Get(id); case EntityTypes.Cat: return Cat.Get(id); default: throw new Exception("Invalid EntityType"); } } } Not as neat as having plain inheritance, particularly considering you have to store the PetType in an extra database field, but considering the performance gains, I would not look back. It also cannot model one-to-many, many-to-many relationship, but with creative uses of 'Union' it could be made to work. Finally, it creates the side effet of loading data in a property/function of the object, which you need to be careful about. Using a clear naming convention like GetXYZ() helps in that regards. Compiled Queries Entity Framework performance is not as good as direct database access with ADO (obviously) or Linq2SQL. There are ways to improve it however, one of which is compiling your queries. The performance of a compiled query is similar to Linq2Sql. What is a compiled query? It is simply a query for which you tell the framework to keep the parsed tree in memory so it doesn't need to be regenerated the next time you run it. So the next run, you will save the time it takes to parse the tree. Do not discount that as it is a very costly operation that gets even worse with more complex queries. There are 2 ways to compile a query: creating an ObjectQuery with EntitySQL and using CompiledQuery.Compile() function. (Note that by using an EntityDataSource in your page, you will in fact be using ObjectQuery with EntitySQL, so that gets compiled and cached). An aside here in case you don't know what EntitySQL is. It is a string-based way of writing queries against the EF. Here is an example: "select value dog from Entities.DogSet as dog where dog.ID = @ID". The syntax is pretty similar to SQL syntax. You can also do pretty complex object manipulation, which is well explained [here][1]. Ok, so here is how to do it using ObjectQuery< string query = "select value dog " + "from Entities.DogSet as dog " + "where dog.ID = @ID"; ObjectQuery<Dog> oQuery = new ObjectQuery<Dog>(query, EntityContext.Instance)); oQuery.Parameters.Add(new ObjectParameter("ID", id)); oQuery.EnablePlanCaching = true; return oQuery.FirstOrDefault(); The first time you run this query, the framework will generate the expression tree and keep it in memory. So the next time it gets executed, you will save on that costly step. In that example EnablePlanCaching = true, which is unnecessary since that is the default option. The other way to compile a query for later use is the CompiledQuery.Compile method. This uses a delegate: static readonly Func<Entities, int, Dog> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, Dog>((ctx, id) => ctx.DogSet.FirstOrDefault(it => it.ID == id)); or using linq static readonly Func<Entities, int, Dog> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, Dog>((ctx, id) => (from dog in ctx.DogSet where dog.ID == id select dog).FirstOrDefault()); to call the query: query_GetDog.Invoke( YourContext, id ); The advantage of CompiledQuery is that the syntax of your query is checked at compile time, where as EntitySQL is not. However, there are other consideration... Includes Lets say you want to have the data for the dog owner to be returned by the query to avoid making 2 calls to the database. Easy to do, right? EntitySQL string query = "select value dog " + "from Entities.DogSet as dog " + "where dog.ID = @ID"; ObjectQuery<Dog> oQuery = new ObjectQuery<Dog>(query, EntityContext.Instance)).Include("Owner"); oQuery.Parameters.Add(new ObjectParameter("ID", id)); oQuery.EnablePlanCaching = true; return oQuery.FirstOrDefault(); CompiledQuery static readonly Func<Entities, int, Dog> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, Dog>((ctx, id) => (from dog in ctx.DogSet.Include("Owner") where dog.ID == id select dog).FirstOrDefault()); Now, what if you want to have the Include parametrized? What I mean is that you want to have a single Get() function that is called from different pages that care about different relationships for the dog. One cares about the Owner, another about his FavoriteFood, another about his FavotireToy and so on. Basicly, you want to tell the query which associations to load. It is easy to do with EntitySQL public Dog Get(int id, string include) { string query = "select value dog " + "from Entities.DogSet as dog " + "where dog.ID = @ID"; ObjectQuery<Dog> oQuery = new ObjectQuery<Dog>(query, EntityContext.Instance)) .IncludeMany(include); oQuery.Parameters.Add(new ObjectParameter("ID", id)); oQuery.EnablePlanCaching = true; return oQuery.FirstOrDefault(); } The include simply uses the passed string. Easy enough. Note that it is possible to improve on the Include(string) function (that accepts only a single path) with an IncludeMany(string) that will let you pass a string of comma-separated associations to load. Look further in the extension section for this function. If we try to do it with CompiledQuery however, we run into numerous problems: The obvious static readonly Func<Entities, int, string, Dog> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, string, Dog>((ctx, id, include) => (from dog in ctx.DogSet.Include(include) where dog.ID == id select dog).FirstOrDefault()); will choke when called with: query_GetDog.Invoke( YourContext, id, "Owner,FavoriteFood" ); Because, as mentionned above, Include() only wants to see a single path in the string and here we are giving it 2: "Owner" and "FavoriteFood" (which is not to be confused with "Owner.FavoriteFood"!). Then, let's use IncludeMany(), which is an extension function static readonly Func<Entities, int, string, Dog> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, string, Dog>((ctx, id, include) => (from dog in ctx.DogSet.IncludeMany(include) where dog.ID == id select dog).FirstOrDefault()); Wrong again, this time it is because the EF cannot parse IncludeMany because it is not part of the functions that is recognizes: it is an extension. Ok, so you want to pass an arbitrary number of paths to your function and Includes() only takes a single one. What to do? You could decide that you will never ever need more than, say 20 Includes, and pass each separated strings in a struct to CompiledQuery. But now the query looks like this: from dog in ctx.DogSet.Include(include1).Include(include2).Include(include3) .Include(include4).Include(include5).Include(include6) .[...].Include(include19).Include(include20) where dog.ID == id select dog which is awful as well. Ok, then, but wait a minute. Can't we return an ObjectQuery< with CompiledQuery? Then set the includes on that? Well, that what I would have thought so as well: static readonly Func<Entities, int, ObjectQuery<Dog>> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, string, ObjectQuery<Dog>>((ctx, id) => (ObjectQuery<Dog>)(from dog in ctx.DogSet where dog.ID == id select dog)); public Dog GetDog( int id, string include ) { ObjectQuery<Dog> oQuery = query_GetDog(id); oQuery = oQuery.IncludeMany(include); return oQuery.FirstOrDefault; } That should have worked, except that when you call IncludeMany (or Include, Where, OrderBy...) you invalidate the cached compiled query because it is an entirely new one now! So, the expression tree needs to be reparsed and you get that performance hit again. So what is the solution? You simply cannot use CompiledQueries with parametrized Includes. Use EntitySQL instead. This doesn't mean that there aren't uses for CompiledQueries. It is great for localized queries that will always be called in the same context. Ideally CompiledQuery should always be used because the syntax is checked at compile time, but due to limitation, that's not possible. An example of use would be: you may want to have a page that queries which two dogs have the same favorite food, which is a bit narrow for a BusinessLayer function, so you put it in your page and know exactly what type of includes are required. Passing more than 3 parameters to a CompiledQuery Func is limited to 5 parameters, of which the last one is the return type and the first one is your Entities object from the model. So that leaves you with 3 parameters. A pitance, but it can be improved on very easily. public struct MyParams { public string param1; public int param2; public DateTime param3; } static readonly Func<Entities, MyParams, IEnumerable<Dog>> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, MyParams, IEnumerable<Dog>>((ctx, myParams) => from dog in ctx.DogSet where dog.Age == myParams.param2 && dog.Name == myParams.param1 and dog.BirthDate > myParams.param3 select dog); public List<Dog> GetSomeDogs( int age, string Name, DateTime birthDate ) { MyParams myParams = new MyParams(); myParams.param1 = name; myParams.param2 = age; myParams.param3 = birthDate; return query_GetDog(YourContext,myParams).ToList(); } Return Types (this does not apply to EntitySQL queries as they aren't compiled at the same time during execution as the CompiledQuery method) Working with Linq, you usually don't force the execution of the query until the very last moment, in case some other functions downstream wants to change the query in some way: static readonly Func<Entities, int, string, IEnumerable<Dog>> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, string, IEnumerable<Dog>>((ctx, age, name) => from dog in ctx.DogSet where dog.Age == age && dog.Name == name select dog); public IEnumerable<Dog> GetSomeDogs( int age, string name ) { return query_GetDog(YourContext,age,name); } public void DataBindStuff() { IEnumerable<Dog> dogs = GetSomeDogs(4,"Bud"); // but I want the dogs ordered by BirthDate gridView.DataSource = dogs.OrderBy( it => it.BirthDate ); } What is going to happen here? By still playing with the original ObjectQuery (that is the actual return type of the Linq statement, which implements IEnumerable), it will invalidate the compiled query and be force to re-parse. So, the rule of thumb is to return a List< of objects instead. static readonly Func<Entities, int, string, IEnumerable<Dog>> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, int, string, IEnumerable<Dog>>((ctx, age, name) => from dog in ctx.DogSet where dog.Age == age && dog.Name == name select dog); public List<Dog> GetSomeDogs( int age, string name ) { return query_GetDog(YourContext,age,name).ToList(); //<== change here } public void DataBindStuff() { List<Dog> dogs = GetSomeDogs(4,"Bud"); // but I want the dogs ordered by BirthDate gridView.DataSource = dogs.OrderBy( it => it.BirthDate ); } When you call ToList(), the query gets executed as per the compiled query and then, later, the OrderBy is executed against the objects in memory. It may be a little bit slower, but I'm not even sure. One sure thing is that you have no worries about mis-handling the ObjectQuery and invalidating the compiled query plan. Once again, that is not a blanket statement. ToList() is a defensive programming trick, but if you have a valid reason not to use ToList(), go ahead. There are many cases in which you would want to refine the query before executing it. Performance What is the performance impact of compiling a query? It can actually be fairly large. A rule of thumb is that compiling and caching the query for reuse takes at least double the time of simply executing it without caching. For complex queries (read inherirante), I have seen upwards to 10 seconds. So, the first time a pre-compiled query gets called, you get a performance hit. After that first hit, performance is noticeably better than the same non-pre-compiled query. Practically the same as Linq2Sql When you load a page with pre-compiled queries the first time you will get a hit. It will load in maybe 5-15 seconds (obviously more than one pre-compiled queries will end up being called), while subsequent loads will take less than 300ms. Dramatic difference, and it is up to you to decide if it is ok for your first user to take a hit or you want a script to call your pages to force a compilation of the queries. Can this query be cached? { Dog dog = from dog in YourContext.DogSet where dog.ID == id select dog; } No, ad-hoc Linq queries are not cached and you will incur the cost of generating the tree every single time you call it. Parametrized Queries Most search capabilities involve heavily parametrized queries. There are even libraries available that will let you build a parametrized query out of lamba expressions. The problem is that you cannot use pre-compiled queries with those. One way around that is to map out all the possible criteria in the query and flag which one you want to use: public struct MyParams { public string name; public bool checkName; public int age; public bool checkAge; } static readonly Func<Entities, MyParams, IEnumerable<Dog>> query_GetDog = CompiledQuery.Compile<Entities, MyParams, IEnumerable<Dog>>((ctx, myParams) => from dog in ctx.DogSet where (myParams.checkAge == true && dog.Age == myParams.age) && (myParams.checkName == true && dog.Name == myParams.name ) select dog); protected List<Dog> GetSomeDogs() { MyParams myParams = new MyParams(); myParams.name = "Bud"; myParams.checkName = true; myParams.age = 0; myParams.checkAge = false; return query_GetDog(YourContext,myParams).ToList(); } The advantage here is that you get all the benifits of a pre-compiled quert. The disadvantages are that you most likely will end up with a where clause that is pretty difficult to maintain, that you will incur a bigger penalty for pre-compiling the query and that each query you run is not as efficient as it could be (particularly with joins thrown in). Another way is to build an EntitySQL query piece by piece, like we all did with SQL. protected List<Dod> GetSomeDogs( string name, int age) { string query = "select value dog from Entities.DogSet where 1 = 1 "; if( !String.IsNullOrEmpty(name) ) query = query + " and dog.Name == @Name "; if( age > 0 ) query = query + " and dog.Age == @Age "; ObjectQuery<Dog> oQuery = new ObjectQuery<Dog>( query, YourContext ); if( !String.IsNullOrEmpty(name) ) oQuery.Parameters.Add( new ObjectParameter( "Name", name ) ); if( age > 0 ) oQuery.Parameters.Add( new ObjectParameter( "Age", age ) ); return oQuery.ToList(); } Here the problems are: - there is no syntax checking during compilation - each different combination of parameters generate a different query which will need to be pre-compiled when it is first run. In this case, there are only 4 different possible queries (no params, age-only, name-only and both params), but you can see that there can be way more with a normal world search. - Noone likes to concatenate strings! Another option is to query a large subset of the data and then narrow it down in memory. This is particularly useful if you are working with a definite subset of the data, like all the dogs in a city. You know there are a lot but you also know there aren't that many... so your CityDog search page can load all the dogs for the city in memory, which is a single pre-compiled query and then refine the results protected List<Dod> GetSomeDogs( string name, int age, string city) { string query = "select value dog from Entities.DogSet where dog.Owner.Address.City == @City "; ObjectQuery<Dog> oQuery = new ObjectQuery<Dog>( query, YourContext ); oQuery.Parameters.Add( new ObjectParameter( "City", city ) ); List<Dog> dogs = oQuery.ToList(); if( !String.IsNullOrEmpty(name) ) dogs = dogs.Where( it => it.Name == name ); if( age > 0 ) dogs = dogs.Where( it => it.Age == age ); return dogs; } It is particularly useful when you start displaying all the data then allow for filtering. Problems: - Could lead to serious data transfer if you are not careful about your subset. - You can only filter on the data that you returned. It means that if you don't return the Dog.Owner association, you will not be able to filter on the Dog.Owner.Name So what is the best solution? There isn't any. You need to pick the solution that works best for you and your problem: - Use lambda-based query building when you don't care about pre-compiling your queries. - Use fully-defined pre-compiled Linq query when your object structure is not too complex. - Use EntitySQL/string concatenation when the structure could be complex and when the possible number of different resulting queries are small (which means fewer pre-compilation hits). - Use in-memory filtering when you are working with a smallish subset of the data or when you had to fetch all of the data on the data at first anyway (if the performance is fine with all the data, then filtering in memory will not cause any time to be spent in the db). Singleton access The best way to deal with your context and entities accross all your pages is to use the singleton pattern: public sealed class YourContext { private const string instanceKey = "On3GoModelKey"; YourContext(){} public static YourEntities Instance { get { HttpContext context = HttpContext.Current; if( context == null ) return Nested.instance; if (context.Items[instanceKey] == null) { On3GoEntities entity = new On3GoEntities(); context.Items[instanceKey] = entity; } return (YourEntities)context.Items[instanceKey]; } } class Nested { // Explicit static constructor to tell C# compiler // not to mark type as beforefieldinit static Nested() { } internal static readonly YourEntities instance = new YourEntities(); } } NoTracking, is it worth it? When executing a query, you can tell the framework to track the objects it will return or not. What does it mean? With tracking enabled (the default option), the framework will track what is going on with the object (has it been modified? Created? Deleted?) and will also link objects together, when further queries are made from the database, which is what is of interest here. For example, lets assume that Dog with ID == 2 has an owner which ID == 10. Dog dog = (from dog in YourContext.DogSet where dog.ID == 2 select dog).FirstOrDefault(); //dog.OwnerReference.IsLoaded == false; Person owner = (from o in YourContext.PersonSet where o.ID == 10 select dog).FirstOrDefault(); //dog.OwnerReference.IsLoaded == true; If we were to do the same with no tracking, the result would be different. ObjectQuery<Dog> oDogQuery = (ObjectQuery<Dog>) (from dog in YourContext.DogSet where dog.ID == 2 select dog); oDogQuery.MergeOption = MergeOption.NoTracking; Dog dog = oDogQuery.FirstOrDefault(); //dog.OwnerReference.IsLoaded == false; ObjectQuery<Person> oPersonQuery = (ObjectQuery<Person>) (from o in YourContext.PersonSet where o.ID == 10 select o); oPersonQuery.MergeOption = MergeOption.NoTracking; Owner owner = oPersonQuery.FirstOrDefault(); //dog.OwnerReference.IsLoaded == false; Tracking is very useful and in a perfect world without performance issue, it would always be on. But in this world, there is a price for it, in terms of performance. So, should you use NoTracking to speed things up? It depends on what you are planning to use the data for. Is there any chance that the data your query with NoTracking can be used to make update/insert/delete in the database? If so, don't use NoTracking because associations are not tracked and will causes exceptions to be thrown. In a page where there are absolutly no updates to the database, you can use NoTracking. Mixing tracking and NoTracking is possible, but it requires you to be extra careful with updates/inserts/deletes. The problem is that if you mix then you risk having the framework trying to Attach() a NoTracking object to the context where another copy of the same object exist with tracking on. Basicly, what I am saying is that Dog dog1 = (from dog in YourContext.DogSet where dog.ID == 2).FirstOrDefault(); ObjectQuery<Dog> oDogQuery = (ObjectQuery<Dog>) (from dog in YourContext.DogSet where dog.ID == 2 select dog); oDogQuery.MergeOption = MergeOption.NoTracking; Dog dog2 = oDogQuery.FirstOrDefault(); dog1 and dog2 are 2 different objects, one tracked and one not. Using the detached object in an update/insert will force an Attach() that will say "Wait a minute, I do already have an object here with the same database key. Fail". And when you Attach() one object, all of its hierarchy gets attached as well, causing problems everywhere. Be extra careful. How much faster is it with NoTracking It depends on the queries. Some are much more succeptible to tracking than other. I don't have a fast an easy rule for it, but it helps. So I should use NoTracking everywhere then? Not exactly. There are some advantages to tracking object. The first one is that the object is cached, so subsequent call for that object will not hit the database. That cache is only valid for the lifetime of the YourEntities object, which, if you use the singleton code above, is the same as the page lifetime. One page request == one YourEntity object. So for multiple calls for the same object, it will load only once per page request. (Other caching mechanism could extend that). What happens when you are using NoTracking and try to load the same object multiple times? The database will be queried each time, so there is an impact there. How often do/should you call for the same object during a single page request? As little as possible of course, but it does happens. Also remember the piece above about having the associations connected automatically for your? You don't have that with NoTracking, so if you load your data in multiple batches, you will not have a link to between them: ObjectQuery<Dog> oDogQuery = (ObjectQuery<Dog>)(from dog in YourContext.DogSet select dog); oDogQuery.MergeOption = MergeOption.NoTracking; List<Dog> dogs = oDogQuery.ToList(); ObjectQuery<Person> oPersonQuery = (ObjectQuery<Person>)(from o in YourContext.PersonSet select o); oPersonQuery.MergeOption = MergeOption.NoTracking; List<Person> owners = oPersonQuery.ToList(); In this case, no dog will have its .Owner property set. Some things to keep in mind when you are trying to optimize the performance. No lazy loading, what am I to do? This can be seen as a blessing in disguise. Of course it is annoying to load everything manually. However, it decreases the number of calls to the db and forces you to think about when you should load data. The more you can load in one database call the better. That was always true, but it is enforced now with this 'feature' of EF. Of course, you can call if( !ObjectReference.IsLoaded ) ObjectReference.Load(); if you want to, but a better practice is to force the framework to load the objects you know you will need in one shot. This is where the discussion about parametrized Includes begins to make sense. Lets say you have you Dog object public class Dog { public Dog Get(int id) { return YourContext.DogSet.FirstOrDefault(it => it.ID == id ); } } This is the type of function you work with all the time. It gets called from all over the place and once you have that Dog object, you will do very different things to it in different functions. First, it should be pre-compiled, because you will call that very often. Second, each different pages will want to have access to a different subset of the Dog data. Some will want the Owner, some the FavoriteToy, etc. Of course, you could call Load() for each reference you need anytime you need one. But that will generate a call to the database each time. Bad idea. So instead, each page will ask for the data it wants to see when it first request for the Dog object: static public Dog Get(int id) { return GetDog(entity,"");} static public Dog Get(int id, string includePath) { string query = "select value o " + " from YourEntities.DogSet as o " +

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 171 172 173 174 175